CA2098177A1 - Csaids - Google Patents
CsaidsInfo
- Publication number
- CA2098177A1 CA2098177A1 CA002098177A CA2098177A CA2098177A1 CA 2098177 A1 CA2098177 A1 CA 2098177A1 CA 002098177 A CA002098177 A CA 002098177A CA 2098177 A CA2098177 A CA 2098177A CA 2098177 A1 CA2098177 A1 CA 2098177A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- alkyl
- formula
- compound
- alkenyl
- optionally substituted
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 190
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 48
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 45
- 102000001381 Arachidonate 5-Lipoxygenase Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 26
- 108010093579 Arachidonate 5-lipoxygenase Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 26
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 24
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 24
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 18
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 18
- -1 di-substituted phenyl Chemical group 0.000 claims description 72
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 56
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 46
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 46
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 43
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 35
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 33
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 32
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 29
- 125000005035 acylthio group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 23
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 22
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 20
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 claims description 19
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 18
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 17
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical class [H]S* 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000006559 (C1-C3) alkylamino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000004455 (C1-C3) alkylthio group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000004644 alkyl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000006595 (C1-C3) alkylsulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000006545 (C1-C9) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000000339 4-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 7
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims description 7
- 206010040070 Septic Shock Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 7
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000002524 organometallic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 229910052701 rubidium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000006594 (C1-C3) alkylsulfony group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000037357 HIV infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical class [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000033519 human immunodeficiency virus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 206010001513 AIDS related complex Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010006895 Cachexia Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000010668 atopic eczema Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000006555 catalytic reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010001052 Acute respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000022559 Inflammatory bowel disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000002841 Lewis acid Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000013616 Respiratory Distress Syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010040047 Sepsis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000007536 Thrombosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010044248 Toxic shock syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 231100000650 Toxic shock syndrome Toxicity 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000007171 acid catalysis Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000000028 adult respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000001350 alkyl halides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000000172 allergic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000005553 heteroaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000007517 lewis acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000008482 osteoarthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000011231 Crohn disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000004624 Dermatitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010014824 Endotoxic shock Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000004262 Food Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010018364 Glomerulonephritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000024781 Immune Complex disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010047115 Vasculitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010047249 Venous thrombosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000011341 adult acute respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000000010 aprotic solvent Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000005135 aryl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000006673 asthma Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 210000001772 blood platelet Anatomy 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000020932 food allergy Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000024326 hypersensitivity reaction type III disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000002734 organomagnesium group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000036303 septic shock Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- XJDNKRIXUMDJCW-UHFFFAOYSA-J titanium tetrachloride Chemical compound Cl[Ti](Cl)(Cl)Cl XJDNKRIXUMDJCW-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000025883 type III hypersensitivity disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 9
- 125000006274 (C1-C3)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims 6
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 6
- 125000000229 (C1-C4)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims 4
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 claims 3
- 125000006273 (C1-C3) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 2
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 2
- 206010009900 Colitis ulcerative Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 201000006704 Ulcerative Colitis Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- WTEOIRVLGSZEPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron trifluoride Chemical compound FB(F)F WTEOIRVLGSZEPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- 229910015900 BF3 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- 206010010744 Conjunctivitis allergic Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical group C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 206010030113 Oedema Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 claims 1
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 229910000102 alkali metal hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- 150000008046 alkali metal hydrides Chemical class 0.000 claims 1
- 208000002205 allergic conjunctivitis Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- 208000024998 atopic conjunctivitis Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- 230000016396 cytokine production Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 206010039083 rhinitis Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- 208000010110 spontaneous platelet aggregation Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- 102000004005 Prostaglandin-endoperoxide synthases Human genes 0.000 abstract description 14
- 108090000459 Prostaglandin-endoperoxide synthases Proteins 0.000 abstract description 14
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 abstract description 10
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 abstract description 3
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 abstract description 3
- ZNTOIYUPLXOHAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6,7-dihydro-5h-pyrrolo[1,2-a]imidazol-7-ol Chemical group C1=CN=C2C(O)CCN21 ZNTOIYUPLXOHAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract 1
- TVEXGJYMHHTVKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-oxabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-3-en-7-one Chemical group C1C2C(=O)OC1C=CC2 TVEXGJYMHHTVKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract 1
- 101000611183 Homo sapiens Tumor necrosis factor Proteins 0.000 description 60
- 102100040247 Tumor necrosis factor Human genes 0.000 description 60
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 35
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 28
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 28
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 26
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- YZXBAPSDXZZRGB-DOFZRALJSA-N arachidonic acid Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O YZXBAPSDXZZRGB-DOFZRALJSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 21
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 19
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 19
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 19
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 18
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 17
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 15
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 15
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butyllithium Chemical compound [Li]CCCC MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 14
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 13
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 229940114079 arachidonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 11
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 235000021342 arachidonic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 10
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 9
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 7
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 101100545004 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) YSP2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229960002986 dinoprostone Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 6
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- GWNVDXQDILPJIG-NXOLIXFESA-N leukotriene C4 Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/C=C/C=C/[C@H]([C@@H](O)CCCC(O)=O)SC[C@@H](C(=O)NCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(O)=O GWNVDXQDILPJIG-NXOLIXFESA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- ROGIKWDBLZYABK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(pyridin-4-ylmethyl)pyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CCCN1CC1=CC=NC=C1 ROGIKWDBLZYABK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 5
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940125904 compound 1 Drugs 0.000 description 5
- XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-ARSRFYASSA-N dinoprostone Chemical compound CCCCC[C@H](O)\C=C\[C@H]1[C@H](O)CC(=O)[C@@H]1C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-ARSRFYASSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N prostaglandin E2 Natural products CCCCCC(O)C=CC1C(O)CC(=O)C1CC=CCCCC(O)=O XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 150000003180 prostaglandins Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000006433 tumor necrosis factor production Effects 0.000 description 5
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 101150041968 CDC13 gene Proteins 0.000 description 4
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000004889 Interleukin-6 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090001005 Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 4
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 4
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 4
- 230000003828 downregulation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 4
- 102000057041 human TNF Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 229940100601 interleukin-6 Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- ZCSHNCUQKCANBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium diisopropylamide Chemical compound [Li+].CC(C)[N-]C(C)C ZCSHNCUQKCANBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium tert-butoxide Chemical compound [K+].CC(C)(C)[O-] LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 4
- RDEYORKJEDLLDB-DQVHGTJVSA-N 5-Hydroperoxyeicosatetraenoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC\C=C\C=C\C(\OO)=C\C=C\C(O)=O RDEYORKJEDLLDB-DQVHGTJVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 3
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 3
- 102000016289 Cell Adhesion Molecules Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010067225 Cell Adhesion Molecules Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000701022 Cytomegalovirus Species 0.000 description 3
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 201000005569 Gout Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000713340 Human immunodeficiency virus 2 Species 0.000 description 3
- 102000000589 Interleukin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102000000588 Interleukin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000003820 Lipoxygenases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000128 Lipoxygenases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000013967 Monokines Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010050619 Monokines Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 3
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 description 3
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical group C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002917 arthritic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000262 chemical ionisation mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 3
- VDQQXEISLMTGAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloramine T Chemical class [Na+].CC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)[N-]Cl)C=C1 VDQQXEISLMTGAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 3
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 3
- 150000002019 disulfides Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000002158 endotoxin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- VNYSSYRCGWBHLG-AMOLWHMGSA-N leukotriene B4 Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C[C@@H](O)\C=C\C=C\C=C/[C@@H](O)CCCC(O)=O VNYSSYRCGWBHLG-AMOLWHMGSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000002617 leukotrienes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910000069 nitrogen hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940094443 oxytocics prostaglandins Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000005259 peripheral blood Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000011886 peripheral blood Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 3
- NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium iodide Chemical compound [K+].[I-] NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 3
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FFRBMBIXVSCUFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-dinitro-1-naphthol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(O)=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C([N+]([O-])=O)C2=C1 FFRBMBIXVSCUFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IZHVBANLECCAGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-3-(octadecanoyloxy)propyl octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC IZHVBANLECCAGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HIYAVKIYRIFSCZ-CYEMHPAKSA-N 5-(methylamino)-2-[[(2S,3R,5R,6S,8R,9R)-3,5,9-trimethyl-2-[(2S)-1-oxo-1-(1H-pyrrol-2-yl)propan-2-yl]-1,7-dioxaspiro[5.5]undecan-8-yl]methyl]-1,3-benzoxazole-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O=C([C@@H](C)[C@H]1O[C@@]2([C@@H](C[C@H]1C)C)O[C@@H]([C@@H](CC2)C)CC=1OC2=CC=C(C(=C2N=1)C(O)=O)NC)C1=CC=CN1 HIYAVKIYRIFSCZ-CYEMHPAKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KGIJOOYOSFUGPC-MSFIICATSA-N 5-Hydroxyeicosatetraenoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC=CCC=CCC=C\C=C\[C@@H](O)CCCC(O)=O KGIJOOYOSFUGPC-MSFIICATSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KGIJOOYOSFUGPC-XRXZHELTSA-N 5-hydroxyeicosatetraenoic acid Natural products CCCCCC=CCC=CCC=C\C=C\C(O)CCCC(O)=O KGIJOOYOSFUGPC-XRXZHELTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aniline Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1 PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010002556 Ankylosing Spondylitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000003911 Arachis Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 244000105624 Arachis hypogaea Species 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101100427992 Azotobacter vinelandii usg gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- QPLDLSVMHZLSFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper oxide Chemical compound [Cu]=O QPLDLSVMHZLSFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000713800 Feline immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010020164 HIV infection CDC Group III Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000010268 HPLC based assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000009889 Herpes Simplex Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000007514 Herpes zoster Diseases 0.000 description 2
- XQFRJNBWHJMXHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N IDUR Chemical group C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(I)=C1 XQFRJNBWHJMXHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical group CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LSDPWZHWYPCBBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanethiol Chemical compound SC LSDPWZHWYPCBBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000003992 Peroxidases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010037660 Pyrexia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012980 RPMI-1640 medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphide Chemical compound [S-2] UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000006044 T cell activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001448 anilines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000012131 assay buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003899 bactericide agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- OWMVSZAMULFTJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis-tris Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)C(CO)(CO)CO OWMVSZAMULFTJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 2
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002228 disulfide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000005069 ears Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000002066 eicosanoids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012894 fetal calf serum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000417 fungicide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N glutathione Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- 230000004968 inflammatory condition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 206010022000 influenza Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 2
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YEESKJGWJFYOOK-IJHYULJSSA-N leukotriene D4 Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/C=C/C=C/[C@H]([C@@H](O)CCCC(O)=O)SC[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(O)=O YEESKJGWJFYOOK-IJHYULJSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000865 liniment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920006008 lipopolysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000037353 metabolic pathway Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000001788 mono and diglycerides of fatty acids Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940021182 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 108040007629 peroxidase activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000003444 phase transfer catalyst Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002947 procoagulating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000700 radioactive tracer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- HWCKGOZZJDHMNC-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetraethylammonium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].CC[N+](CC)(CC)CC HWCKGOZZJDHMNC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229960001479 tosylchloramide sodium Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000003827 upregulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000029812 viral genome replication Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 2
- JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N (2r,3r,4s)-2-[(1r)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical class OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GEYOCULIXLDCMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-phenylenediamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1N GEYOCULIXLDCMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006017 1-propenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- VMJNTFXCTXAXTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-difluoro-1,3-benzodioxole-5-carbonitrile Chemical group C1=C(C#N)C=C2OC(F)(F)OC2=C1 VMJNTFXCTXAXTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KRMOKGAZOYGDLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-methylsulfanylphenyl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-6,7-dihydro-5h-pyrrolo[1,2-a]imidazole Chemical compound C1=CC(SC)=CC=C1C1=C(C=2C=CN=CC=2)N2CCCC2=N1 KRMOKGAZOYGDLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-di(pentan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetyl chloride Chemical class CCCC(C)C1=CC=C(OCC(Cl)=O)C(C(C)CCC)=C1 NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZDHKVKPZQKYREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(chloromethyl)pyridine;hydron;chloride Chemical compound Cl.ClCC1=CC=NC=C1 ZDHKVKPZQKYREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HQSCPPCMBMFJJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromobenzonitrile Chemical compound BrC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 HQSCPPCMBMFJJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AEKVBBNGWBBYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-fluorobenzonitrile Chemical compound FC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 AEKVBBNGWBBYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RPVGEEHGKIFQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methylsulfanylbenzonitrile Chemical compound CSC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 RPVGEEHGKIFQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BXRFQSNOROATLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-nitrobenzaldehyde Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 BXRFQSNOROATLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KGIJOOYOSFUGPC-CABOLEKPSA-N 5-HETE Natural products CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C=C/[C@H](O)CCCC(O)=O KGIJOOYOSFUGPC-CABOLEKPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KPRGOTLNGIBVFL-GINZOMEDSA-N 7-ketodehydroepiandrosterone Chemical group C1[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@](C)(C(CC4)=O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3C(=O)C=C21 KPRGOTLNGIBVFL-GINZOMEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102000011767 Acute-Phase Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010062271 Acute-Phase Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000144725 Amygdalus communis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000011437 Amygdalus communis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 101100386311 Arabidopsis thaliana DAPB3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000011730 Arachidonate 12-Lipoxygenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010076676 Arachidonate 12-lipoxygenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009515 Arachidonate 15-Lipoxygenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010048907 Arachidonate 15-lipoxygenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000011725 BALB/c mouse Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000033931 Blepharophimosis-ptosis-epicanthus inversus syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150076189 CRR1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UGFAIRIUMAVXCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon monoxide Chemical compound [O+]#[C-] UGFAIRIUMAVXCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000024172 Cardiovascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000582342 Carria Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010063094 Cerebral malaria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052684 Cerium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical class [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000029816 Collagenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060005980 Collagenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010010741 Conjunctivitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000518994 Conta Species 0.000 description 1
- XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyanide Chemical compound N#[C-] XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl ether Chemical class COC LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012286 ELISA Assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010014561 Emphysema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037487 Endotoxemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100035137 Forkhead box protein L2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000010412 Glaucoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010024636 Glutathione Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010018634 Gouty Arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101001023356 Homo sapiens Forkhead box protein L2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100455054 Homo sapiens LTA4H gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000012404 In vitro experiment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003810 Jones reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004166 Lanolin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000713666 Lentivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102100022118 Leukotriene A-4 hydrolase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000008072 Lymphokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010074338 Lymphokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000715 Mucilage Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000000112 Myalgia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000001307 Myosotis scorpioides Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000001388 Opportunistic Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000005141 Otitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006778 Pummerer Sulfoxide rearrangement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000033464 Reiter syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010063837 Reperfusion injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010038997 Retroviral infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010039085 Rhinitis allergic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101100075025 Scheffersomyces stipitis (strain ATCC 58785 / CBS 6054 / NBRC 10063 / NRRL Y-11545) LTA4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920005654 Sephadex Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012507 Sephadex™ Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000010001 Silicosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 206010042496 Sunburn Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000024932 T cell mediated immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100026966 Thrombomodulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010079274 Thrombomodulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002262 Thromboplastin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010000499 Thromboplastin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010054094 Tumour necrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001319955 Unda Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010046851 Uveitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000713325 Visna/maedi virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100029477 Vitamin K-dependent protein C Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710193900 Vitamin K-dependent protein C Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000006959 Williamson synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- WWPVZKINDQDARA-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-pyridin-4-yl-6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]imidazol-7-yl]-(4-nitrophenyl)methanol Chemical compound FC1=CC=C(C=C1)C=1N=C2N(C1C1=CC=NC=C1)CCC2C(O)C2=CC=C(C=C2)[N+](=O)[O-] WWPVZKINDQDARA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IKHGUXGNUITLKF-XPULMUKRSA-N acetaldehyde Chemical compound [14CH]([14CH3])=O IKHGUXGNUITLKF-XPULMUKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008065 acid anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003377 acid catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005041 acyloxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000006978 adaptation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001464 adherent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000008044 alkali metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005136 alkenylsulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005360 alkyl sulfoxide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002168 alkylating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940100198 alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000010105 allergic rhinitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000020224 almond Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000007502 anemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003945 anionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124599 anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001499 aryl bromides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008378 aryl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003651 basophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000013871 bee wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012166 beeswax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000686 benzalkonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(dimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[NH+](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000019664 bone resorption disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000009395 breeding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001488 breeding effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003710 calcium ionophore Substances 0.000 description 1
- OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium sulfate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002091 carbon monoxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003093 cationic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002152 chlorhexidine acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 230000005796 circulatory shock Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005352 clarification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010009887 colitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960002424 collagenase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125782 compound 2 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125898 compound 5 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004643 cupric oxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002784 cytotoxicity assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000263 cytotoxicity test Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007850 degeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000001983 dialkylethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012954 diazonium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001989 diazonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- FAMRKDQNMBBFBR-BQYQJAHWSA-N diethyl azodicarboxylate Substances CCOC(=O)\N=N\C(=O)OCC FAMRKDQNMBBFBR-BQYQJAHWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- WBZKQQHYRPRKNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L disulfite Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)S([O-])(=O)=O WBZKQQHYRPRKNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000002222 downregulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006196 drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940125436 dual inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003511 endothelial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002615 epidermis Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- KAQKFAOMNZTLHT-VVUHWYTRSA-N epoprostenol Chemical compound O1C(=CCCCC(O)=O)C[C@@H]2[C@@H](/C=C/[C@@H](O)CCCCC)[C@H](O)C[C@@H]21 KAQKFAOMNZTLHT-VVUHWYTRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001123 epoprostenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001033 ether group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- CJAONIOAQZUHPN-KKLWWLSJSA-N ethyl 12-[[2-[(2r,3r)-3-[2-[(12-ethoxy-12-oxododecyl)-methylamino]-2-oxoethoxy]butan-2-yl]oxyacetyl]-methylamino]dodecanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCN(C)C(=O)CO[C@H](C)[C@@H](C)OCC(=O)N(C)CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC CJAONIOAQZUHPN-KKLWWLSJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- FAMRKDQNMBBFBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl n-ethoxycarbonyliminocarbamate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)N=NC(=O)OCC FAMRKDQNMBBFBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003090 exacerbative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012737 fresh medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091006104 gene-regulatory proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000034356 gene-regulatory proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003180 glutathione Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940074045 glyceryl distearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940075507 glyceryl monostearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000224 granular leucocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000004795 grignard reagents Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001475 halogen functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000002443 helper t lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003630 histaminocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007365 immunoregulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011147 inorganic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000018276 interleukin-1 production Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002555 ionophore Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000236 ionophoric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 208000011379 keloid formation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001865 kupffer cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019388 lanolin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940039717 lanolin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- UFPQIRYSPUYQHK-WAQVJNLQSA-N leukotriene A4 Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/C=C/C=C/[C@@H]1O[C@H]1CCCC(O)=O UFPQIRYSPUYQHK-WAQVJNLQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OTZRAYGBFWZKMX-JUDRUQEKSA-N leukotriene E4 Chemical compound CCCCCC=CCC=C\C=C\C=C\[C@@H](SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O)[C@@H](O)CCCC(O)=O OTZRAYGBFWZKMX-JUDRUQEKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940057995 liquid paraffin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006194 liquid suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006138 lithiation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010025135 lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N methanone Chemical compound O=[14CH2] WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- CXHHBNMLPJOKQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl hydrogen carbonate Chemical compound COC(O)=O CXHHBNMLPJOKQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003956 methylamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000006216 methylsulfinyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N mono-methylamine Natural products NC BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000005087 mononuclear cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920001206 natural gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000004498 neuroglial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000011242 neutrophil chemotaxis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011587 new zealand white rabbit Methods 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012038 nucleophile Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005935 nucleophilic addition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- AICOOMRHRUFYCM-ZRRPKQBOSA-N oxazine, 1 Chemical compound C([C@@H]1[C@H](C(C[C@]2(C)[C@@H]([C@H](C)N(C)C)[C@H](O)C[C@]21C)=O)CC1=CC2)C[C@H]1[C@@]1(C)[C@H]2N=C(C(C)C)OC1 AICOOMRHRUFYCM-ZRRPKQBOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006213 oxygenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001991 pathophysiological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001814 pectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001277 pectin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010987 pectin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- PDTFCHSETJBPTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmercuric nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)O[Hg]C1=CC=CC=C1 PDTFCHSETJBPTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000001297 phlebitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N phosphatidylcholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000020777 polyunsaturated fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NTTOTNSKUYCDAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium hydride Chemical compound [KH] NTTOTNSKUYCDAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000105 potassium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- USHAGKDGDHPEEY-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium persulfate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)OOS([O-])(=O)=O USHAGKDGDHPEEY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000037920 primary disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000770 proinflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ULWHHBHJGPPBCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N propane-1,1-diol Chemical group CCC(O)O ULWHHBHJGPPBCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MCSINKKTEDDPNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N propyl propionate Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)CC MCSINKKTEDDPNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YIBNHAJFJUQSRA-YNNPMVKQSA-N prostaglandin H2 Chemical compound C1[C@@H]2OO[C@H]1[C@H](/C=C/[C@@H](O)CCCCC)[C@H]2C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O YIBNHAJFJUQSRA-YNNPMVKQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940127293 prostanoid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003814 prostanoids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 201000003651 pulmonary sarcoidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CCCN1 HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000002574 reactive arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000005404 rubella Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000241 scar Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000004062 sedimentation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000344 soap Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- RMBAVIFYHOYIFM-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium methanethiolate Chemical compound [Na+].[S-]C RMBAVIFYHOYIFM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001384 succinic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000446 sulfanediyl group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000004595 synovitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiadiazole Chemical compound C1=CSN=N1.C1=CSN=N1 VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RZWIIPASKMUIAC-VQTJNVASSA-N thromboxane Chemical compound CCCCCCCC[C@H]1OCCC[C@@H]1CCCCCCC RZWIIPASKMUIAC-VQTJNVASSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009772 tissue formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037816 tissue injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012049 topical pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005490 tosylate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000006008 trihaloethoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- JLTRXTDYQLMHGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylaluminium Chemical compound C[Al](C)C JLTRXTDYQLMHGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940046728 tumor necrosis factor alpha inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002451 tumor necrosis factor inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000712461 unidentified influenza virus Species 0.000 description 1
- AQLJVWUFPCUVLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N urea hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO.NC(N)=O AQLJVWUFPCUVLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010792 warming Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002268 wool Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010626 work up procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
- C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
- A61P13/02—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of urine or of the urinary tract, e.g. urine acidifiers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
- A61P7/02—Antithrombotic agents; Anticoagulants; Platelet aggregation inhibitors
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/08—Vasodilators for multiple indications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
- C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Reproductive Health (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
Abstract
The novel compounds of formula (I) bicyclo 5,6-Dihydro-7H-pyrrolo-[1,2-a]-imidazol-7-ol and 7-one substituted ring systems, have been found to be useful cytokine suppressive agents, and inhibitors of the 5-lipoxygenase and cyclooxygenase enzymes and therefore useful in the treatment and prophylaxis of disease states mediated thereby.
Description
WO 92/10190 Pcr/ussl/094l6 20~77 TlTLE
NOVEL CSA~S
FIELD OF THE I~VENTION
This invention relates to the novel compounds of Formula (I), phanrlaceutical compositions and various methods of use of the compounds of Formulas (1).
The cyclooxygenase (CO) mediated pathway oxidizes arachidonic acid to produce PGH2 which is in turn metabolized to the prostanoids (PGE2, TxA2, and prostacyclin). These products are produced by various cells including polymorpho-nuclear leukocytes, mast cells and monocytes. The 5-lipoxygenase (5-LO) mediated pathway2 0 oxidizes arachidonic acid initially to 5-hydroperoxy-eicosatetraenoic acid (5-HPETE) which is further metabolized to LTA4, the precursor to the pepddoleukotrienes (LTC4, LTD4, and LTE4) and LTB4. Additionally 5-HPETE is converted to 5-hydroxyeicosatetraenoic acid (5-HETE).
The arachidonic acid oxygenated products, as noted above, have been identified
NOVEL CSA~S
FIELD OF THE I~VENTION
This invention relates to the novel compounds of Formula (I), phanrlaceutical compositions and various methods of use of the compounds of Formulas (1).
The cyclooxygenase (CO) mediated pathway oxidizes arachidonic acid to produce PGH2 which is in turn metabolized to the prostanoids (PGE2, TxA2, and prostacyclin). These products are produced by various cells including polymorpho-nuclear leukocytes, mast cells and monocytes. The 5-lipoxygenase (5-LO) mediated pathway2 0 oxidizes arachidonic acid initially to 5-hydroperoxy-eicosatetraenoic acid (5-HPETE) which is further metabolized to LTA4, the precursor to the pepddoleukotrienes (LTC4, LTD4, and LTE4) and LTB4. Additionally 5-HPETE is converted to 5-hydroxyeicosatetraenoic acid (5-HETE).
The arachidonic acid oxygenated products, as noted above, have been identified
2 s as mediators of various inflammatory conditions. The various inflammatory disease states caused by these mediators and many other conditions, as discussed herein, are all conditions in which a dual inhibitor of both CO and 5-LO would be indicated.
Interleukin-l (IL-l) and Tumor Necrosis Factor ('I NF) are biological substancesproduced by a variety of cclls, such as monocytes or macrophages. IL l and TNF affect a
Interleukin-l (IL-l) and Tumor Necrosis Factor ('I NF) are biological substancesproduced by a variety of cclls, such as monocytes or macrophages. IL l and TNF affect a
3 0 wide variety of cells and tissucs and these cytokines as well as other leukocyte derived cytokines are irnportant and critical inflammatory mediators of a wide variety of disease states and conditions. The inhibilion of these cytokines is of benefit in controlling, reducing and alleviating many of these disease states.
There remains a need for treatment, in this field, for compounds which are 3 5 cytokine suppresive anti-inflammatory drugs (hereinafter CSAID's), i.e. compounds which are capable of inhibiting cytokines, such as IL-1, IL-6 and TNF; and compounds which are also capable of inhibiting the oxygenation of arachidonic acid by inhibition of enzymes such as lipoxygenase, specifically 5-lipoxygenase (5-LO) and cyclooxygenase (CO) thereby preventing the fonnation of various leukotrienes and prostaglandins.
209~177 SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
This invention relales to the novel compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically 5 acceptable diluent or carrier.
This invention relates to a method of treating an oxygenated polyunsaturated fatty acid mediated disease (hereinafter OPUFA) in an animal in need thereof which comprises administering to such animal, an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I).
This invention also relates to a method of treating a cytokine mediated disease,10 in an animal in need thereof, which comprises administering to such animal an effective amount of a compound of Formula (II).
This invention specifically relates to a method of inhibiting the production of interleukin- 1 (hereinafter L- 1) in an animal in need thereof which comprises adminis~ering to such animal an effective amount of a compound of Forrnula (II) sufficient to inhibit IL- 1.
15 More specifically the inhibition of the production of ~-1 is useful in the treatment, prophylactically or therapeutically, of any disease state in a mammal which is exacerbated or caused by excessive or unregulated L-1 production.
This invention specifically relates IO a method of inhibiting the production of Tumor Necrosis Factor (hereinafter TNF) in an animal in need thereof which comprises 2 0 adrnhistcrhg to such animal, an cffecdve amount of a compound of Formula (II) sufficient to inhibit TNF. More specifically the inhibition of the production of TNF is useful in the treatment, prophylactically or therapeutically, of any disease state in a mammal which is exacerbated or caused by excessive or unregulated TNF production.
2 5 pETALED DESCRIPI ION OF THE INVENTION
The compounds of Formula (II) are also useful in the treatment of viral infections, where such viruses are sensitive to upregulation by TNF or will elicit TNF
production in vivo. The viruses contemplated for treatment herein are those that produce TNF
as a result of infection, or those which are sensitive to inhibition, such as by decreased 3 0 replication, directly or indirectly, by the TNF inhibitors of Formula (II). Such viruses include, but are not limited to; HIV- 1, HIV-2 and HIV-3, Cytomegalovirus (CMV),Influenza, adenovirus and the Herpes group of viruses, such as but not limited to, Herpes Zoster and Herpes Simplex.
This invention more specifically relates to a method of treating a mammal, 3 5 afflicted with a human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), which comprises administering to such marnmal an effective INF inhibiting amount of a compound of Formula (1).
The compounds of Formula (II) may also be used in association with the veterinary treatment of mammals, other than in humans, in need of inhibition of TNF
wo 92/10190 PCr/US9l/09416 ~3~ 2098~7 production. TNF mediated diseases for treatment, therapeutically or prophylactically, in animals include disease states such as those noted above, but in par~icular viral infections.
Examples of such viruses include, but are not limited to, feline immunodeficiency virus (FIV) or other retroviral infection such as equine infectious anaemia virus, caprine arthritis virus, s visna virus, maedi virus and other lentiviruses.
A preferred method of this invention is the treatment, therapeutically or prophylactically, of viral infections, in particular where such viruses are sensitive to upregulation by TNF or IL- l will elicit TNF or IL-l production in vivo by administering an effective arnount of a compound of Formula (II).
The compounds of Formula (I) are represented by the structure:
R3 R~
R2 ~Rg R, ~,~ N yW
~N
Ro (I) wherein W l is -(CR4R5)-, or -(CR4Rs)-(cR6R7) R2 R3, R6, R7, Rg, and Rg are hydrogen; or one or two of R2, R3, R6, R7, Rg, and Rg are, independently, hydrogen or C1 2 alkyl;
one of R4 and Rs is ORlo and thc other is selected from H, alkyll.6, optionally substituted alkyll.6, aryl, optionally substituted aryl, heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
Rlo is hydrogen, opdonally substituted Cl.6 alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl; provided that when Rlo is hydrogen the other of R4 or Rs is other than hydrogen;
one of R1 and Ro is 4-pyridyl or Cl 4 alkyl-4-pyridyl; and the other of Rl and Ro is (a) phenyl;
(b) mono- or di-substituted phenyl wherein said substituents are 2 5 independently selected from Cl 4 alkyl, halo, hydroxy, Cl 4 alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, Cl 3 alkylthio, C1 3 alkylsulfinyl, C2 5 1-alkenyl-1-thio, C2 5 2-alkenyl-1-thio, C2 5 l-alkenyl-l-sulfinyl, C2 5 2-aLlcenyl-1-sulfinyl, C1 3 alkylamino, C1 3 dialkylamino, CF3, N-(C1 3alkanamido), N-(C1 3 alkyl)-N-(C1 3alkanamido), N-pyrrolidino, N-piperidino, prop2-ene-3 0 1-oxy, 2,2,2-trihaloethoxy, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkyl-sulfmyl alkylthioaL~ylthio, acyloxyalkylthio, acyloxyaLkylsulfinyl or Z; or " ' .: ' ' , ' ' :, . - .
wo 92/lolso PCr/U~91/09416 2098177 ~4~
(c) a moiety of the forrnulae:
~ S--(CRaR,,),--5~
wherein Y is selected from s j~3 j~3 R3 Ra R2 ~Rg ~N
R
whcrcin t is 0 or l; W, Rl, R2, R3, R4, Rs, R6, R7, Rg, and Rg are as defined above;
A is -CRs=CR7-, -N=CR7-, -S- or -O-;
Ra and Rb are independently selected from hydrogen, opdonally subsdtuted Cl g aLIcyl, optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
Z is -s-(cRaRb)rs-zl;
Zl is a functional moiety;
1 S or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Preferred mono-substitution of the phenyl ring for compounds of Formula (I) is C14 alkyl, C14 alkyl S(O)m, m is 0 or l; C~4 alkoxy, halo, N-(Cl 3 alkyl) alkanamido, or N-(Cl 3 alkanamido).
2 0 Prefe~ed di-substitution of the phenyl ring for compounds of Formula (I) is:
(b) disubstituted phenyl wherein said substituents are, independently, Cl 3 aLtcylthio, Cl 3 alkoxy, halo, Cl 4 alkyl, Cl 3 alkylarnino, N- (Cl 3alkyl)-N-(Cl 3 alkanamido), Cl 3 dialkylamino, amino, N-pyrrolidino or N-piperidino; or 2 5 (c) disubstituted phenyl wherein one of said substituents is C1 3 aLlcoxy, halo, Cl 4 aL~cyl or CP3, and the other substituent is thiol, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, wo 92/10190 PCr/US91/09416 ~5~ 2~8177 alkoxythionothio, arylthio, arylsulfinyl, alkoxyaLtcylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl,alkylthioalkylthio, acyloxyalkylsulfinyl, acyloxyalkyl~hio or Z; or (d) disubstituted phenyl wherein one of said substituents is arnino, Cl 3 alkylamino or Cl 3 dialkylarnino; and the other substituent is Cl 3 S alkylthio, Cl 3 alkylsulfinyl, C2 5 -l-alkenyl-l-thio, C2 5 l-aLlcenyl-l-sulfinyl, C3 5 2-alkenyl-l-thio, C3 5 2-alkenyl-l- sulfinyl, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbarnyl, dithiocarbarnyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyallcylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, acyloxyalkylthio, acyloxyalkylsulfinyl or Z; or (e) disubstituted phenyl wherein said substituents are the same and are selected from halo, Cl 3 alkoxy, Cl 3 aLtcylamino, Cl 3 dialkylarnino, N-pyrrolidino, N-piperidino, 2.2,2-tnhaloethoxy, prop-2-ene-1-oxy, hydroxy, C1 3 alkylthio, C1 3 alkyl-sulfonyl, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, acyloxyalkylthio, acyloxyalkylsulfinyl or Z;
Preferably, for all the compounds of Formulas (I) when R1 is C1 4 alkyl-4-pyridyl the alkyl substituent is located at the 2-position of the pyridine ring. More prefcrably the alkyl substituent is methyl.
Zl is a functional moiety that does not interferc with breakagc of the disulfidebond in-vivo to yield the SH moiety. Preferable Zl moieties are aryl, optionally substituted 25 aryl, Cl g alkyl, optionally substituted aLkyl, heteroaryl, an opdonally substituted heteroaryl, cystiene or glutathione. The optional substituents may be the sarne as the Ro or R1 phenyl moieties noted above for Formula (r).
Ra and Rb are independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted Cl 9 alkyl, optionally subsdtuted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl. The opdonal 3 0 substituents for the aryl and heteroaryl ring are the same as the Ro and Rl phenyl moieties noted above for Formula (I), other than Z. Preferably Ra and Rb are unsubstituted or substituted with C14 alkyl.
Preferably, one of R4 or Rs is hydroxyl, i. e. Rlo is hydrogen. When the other of R4 or R5 is aryl, it is preferably an optionally substituted phenyl moiety. Optional 3 5 substdtuents groups for R4 or R5 as aryl or heteroaryl are halogen, Cl g alkyl, halo-substituted Cl g alkyl, hydroxy-substituted Cl galkyl, C1 6 alkoxy, S(o)nallcyll-6~ (cH2)m C2H, (CH2)mNRI IR12, wherein Rl I and R12 are independently selected from hydrogen, allcyll4, aryl, or Rl 1 and R12 together forrn a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members, wherein one or two ..
, wO 92/1019~ PCr/US91/09416 ~-of the ring members of the heurocyclic ring may additionally be O, N or S and may contain additional unsaturation; n is 0 to 2, and m is 0 to 4. For 5-LO or CO inhibitory activity the R4 or Rs moiety is not substituted with a carboxylic acid moiety.
When R4 or Rs is an optionally substituted aL~cyl the substituents are selected 5 from halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, aL~cylS(O)n, aryl, heteroaryl, C02H, or NRIIR12. For all R4 and Rs substitutions the halogen substituted alkyl moiety may contain more than one halogen selected independently from fluorine, chloride, iodine or bromine; the hydroxy substituted alkyl may also be polyhydroxy substituted.
Preferably when one of R4 or Rs is a substituted phenyl, the substituents are 10 halo, methoxy, carboxylic acid (and salts thereof), or a mono- or di-alkyl substituted methylamine. Preferred heterocyclic rings when Rll and R12 cyclize are a pyrrole, pyrrolidine, piperidine, or morpholino ring.
The optional substituents for Rlo moieties is the same for the R4 and Rs terms described above.
The compounds of Formula (II), a subgenus of the compounds of Formula (I) are also useful in the treatment of an OPUFA mediated diseases and are preferably useful as cytokine inhibitors. The compounds of Formula (Il) are represented by the structure:
R2~Rg R, ~NyW2 ~N
R~ (Il) wherem 2 0 W2 is -(CR4R5)-, or -(CR4Rs)-(CR6R7);
R2 R3, R6, R7, Rg, and Rg are hydrogen; or one or two of R2 R3, R6, R7, Rg, and Rg are, independently, hydrogen or C1 2 alkyl;
one of R4 and Rs is ORlo and the other is selected from H, alkyll~, halogen subsdtuted alkyll~, aryl, opdonally substituted aryl;
Rlo is hydrogen or Cl~ alkyl; provided that when Rlo is hydrogen the other of R4 or Rs is other than hydrogen;
Rl is 4-pyridyl or C1 4 alkyl-4-pyridyl;
Rois (a) phenyl;
(b) mono or di-substituted phenyl wherein said substituents are independently selected from Cl 4 alkyl, halo, halosubstituted alkyl, Cl 4 alkoxy, C1 3 alkylthio, Cl 3 alkylsulfinyl, C2 5 l-aL~cenyl-l-thio, C2 5 2-alkenyl-l-thio, C2 5 l-aLkenyl-l-sulfinyl, C2 5 2-aLkenyl-l-sulfinyl, Cl 3 alkylarnino, Cl 3 diaLkylamino, CF3, N-pyrrolidino, N-piperidino, 2,2,2-wo 92/10190 Pcr/lJs9l/o94l6 209~t 77 trihaloethoxy, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylaL~cylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, aL~coxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, aLkoxyalkylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, acyloxyaL~cylthio, acyloxyalkylsulfinylS or Z; provided that is the phenyl is substituted with a C34 alkoxy it is in other than the 4-position;
(c) a moiety of the formulae:
~ S--~CRaRb)l--S~
wherein Y is selected from ~, R2~R8 ~A R,~_~W2 whereintisOorl; W2,RI,R2,R3,R4,Rs,R6,R7,Rg,andRgareas 15 defined above;
A is -CRs=CR7-, -N=CR7-, -S- or -0-;
Ra and Rb are independently selected from hydrogen, op~ionally substituted C1 9 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
Z is -S-(CRaRb)rS-ZI;
2 0 Z1 is a functional moiety;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thçreof.
Preferable R4 or Rs groups are a substituted aryl or allcyl with halogen, tCH2)m C02H, or a (CH2)mNRllRl2 moiety, and m is O to 4. As in Formula (I) when Rl is 2 5 a Cl.4 alkyl-4-pyridyl it preferably substituted in the 2-position of the pyridyl ring and the alkyl substituent is preferably methyl. As also the instancein Formula (I) or (Il) compounds, the W or W2 term is preferably -(CR4Rs)-.
Preferable Ro mono-substitution of a compound of Formula (II) is a Cl.3 alkyl, Cl 2 alkyl S(O)n, halogen, or CF3 moiety, and n is O or l. If Ro is substituted with a 3 0 C14 alkoxy moiety it is preferably a methoxy or ethoxy derivative, or if C34 alkoxy it is in other than the para position.
Preferable di-substitu~ion of a compound of Formula (II) is:
wo 92/10190 PCr/US91/09416 2~98177 -8-(a) disubstituted phenyl wherein said subs~ituents are, independently, Cl 3 aLkylthio, Cl 3 alkoxy, halo, Cl 4 alkyl, Cl 3 aLkylarnino, Cl 3 diaLkylarnino, amino, N-pyrrolidino or N-piperidino; or (b) disubstituted phenyl wherein one of said substituents is C1 3 aLkoxy, halo, Cl 4 aLkyl or CF3, and the other substituent is thiol, aL~cylthio, alkylsulfinyl, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbarnyl, dithiocarbarnyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyaLkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, Z, or acyloxyaL~cylthio; or l o (c) disubstituted phenyl wherein one of said substituents is arnino, Cl 3 alkylamino or C1 3 dialkylarnino; and the other substituent is C1 3 alkylthio, C1 3 alkylsulfinyl, C2 5 -l-alkenyl-l-thio, C2 5 I-alkenyl-l-sulfinyl, C3 5 2-alkenyl-l-thio, C3 5 2-alkenyl-l- sulfinyl, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbarnyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, acyloxyalkylthio, acyloxyalkylsulfinyl, or Z; or (d) disubstituted phenyl wherein said substituents are the same and are selected from halo, Cl 3 alkoxy, Cl 3 alkylamino, Cl 3 dialkylamino, N-pyrrolidino, N-piperidino, 2,2,2-trihaloethoxy, Cl.3 alkylthio, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbarnyl, dithiocarbatnyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, acyloxyalkylthio, acyloxyalkylsulfinyl or Z.
It should be noted that the compounds of F~rmula (I) where Rl or Ro may be a C1 3 alkylsulfinyl, C2 5 l-alkenyl-l-sulfinyl, C2 5 -2-alkenyl-l-sulfinyl, alkoxyalkyl-sulfinyl, and phenylsulfinyl moiety, may act as prodrugs which are reductively converted in vjvo to the corresponding alkylthio or aLkenylthio form.
It should be noted that the compounds of Formula (I) where Rl or Ro may be a phenyl substituted with an acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbarnyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, or acyloxyalkylthio may act as prodrugs which are hydrolytically converted m vivo to the corresponding sulfhydryl form.
It should be noted that the compounds of Formula (I) where Rl or Ro may be a phenyl substituted with any of the disulfide moieties described herein may act as prodrugs which are oxidatively converted in vivo to the corresponding sulfhydryl form.
wo 92/1OIgo PCr/US91/09416 20~ 77 By the term "halo" as used herein is meant all halogens, i.e., chloro, fluoro, bromo and iodo.
By the term "C1 galkyl" or "aLkyl" groups as used herein is meant to include both straight or branched chain radicals of 1 to 9 carbon atoms, unless the chain length is 5 limited thereto, including, but not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and the like.
By the term "allcenyl" as used herein is meant to include both straight or branched chain radicals of 1 to 9 carbon atoms, unless the chain length is limited thereto, but not limited to vinyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, or 3-methyl-2-propenyl.
By the term "aryl" as used herein, in any combination, such as "aryloxy", is meant phenyl, or naphthyl.
By the term "heteroaryl" as used herein, in any combination, such as "heteroaryloxy", is meant a 5-10 membered aromatic ring system in which one or more rings contain one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O or S; such as, bu~
15 not limited, to quinoline, isoquinoline, pyridine, pyrimidine, oxazole, thiazole, thiadiazole, triazole, imidazole.
By the term "sulfinyl" as used herein is meant the oxide of the corresponding sulfide. By the term "thio" as used herein is meant the sulfide. For further clarification, the following table outlines the structural attachment of the atoms of the Rl and Ro substituents of 20 thc compounds of Formula (I):
Table I
Bo substituents S~uctu~al Attachment C1 3 a~ylsulfinyl [AS(O)-~
2 5 C2 5 1-allcenyl-1-~io [AAlC=CHS-]
C2 5 l-alkenyl-l-sulfinyl [AAlC~HS(O)-]
C3 5 2-alkenyl-1-thio [ACH=CAlCH2S-]
C3 5 2-alkenyl-1-sulfinyl [ACH=CAlCH2S(O)-]
1 acyloxy- 1 -a~ylthio [AC(O)OCH(Al)S-~
NOTE:A and Al are hydrogen or alkyl;
Table 2 ~dditional Rl or Rsl SubstiNents StrucNral Attachments:
3 5 acylthio [DC(O)S-]
dithioacyl [DC(S)S-]
thiocarbamyl [DDlNC(O)S-]
dithiocarbamyl [DD1NC(S)S-]
WO 92/10190 Pcr/us9l/o94l6 20~177 -lO-aLtcylcarbonylalkylthio [DC(O)CH2S-]
carba1~coxyalkylthio [BOC(O)CH2S-]
aLtcoxycarbonylthio [BOC(O)S-]
aLkoxythionothio [BOC(S)S-]
s alkoxyalkylthio [BOCH2S-]
alkoxyalkylsulfinyl [BOCH2s(o)]
alkylthioalkylthio [BSCH2S-]
disulfide [Z] [-s(cRaRb)t-s-zl]
Note: D and D1 are hydrogen, Cl 9 alkyL or phenyl; t is 0 or 1 B is Cl g alkyl or aryl; Ra, Rb and Z1 is aryl, heteroaryl or Cl 9 alkyl (optionally substituted). The hydrogen atoms in the CH2 groups described in Table 2 are, independently, opdonally substituted by a Cl 4 allcyl moiety.
By the term "lipoxygenase" as used herein is meant the 5-lipoxygenase, 12-lipoxygenase or 15-lipoxygenase enzymes.
By the term "inhibiting the production of L-1" is meanl a) a decrease of excessive in vivo L- 1 levels in a human to normal levels or 2 0 below no~mal levels by inhibition of the in vivo release of L- I by all cclls, including but not limited to monocytes or macrophages;
b) a down regulation, at the genomic level, of excessive m vivo L-1 levels in a human to normal levels or below normal levels; or c) a down regulation, by inhibition of the direct synthesis of L- 1 as a 2 5 postranslational event.
By the terrn "inhibiting the production of TNF" is meant a) a decrease of excessive in vivo TNF levels in a human to normal levels or below normal levels by inhibition of the m vivo release of TNF by all cells, including but not 0 limited to monocytes or macrophages;
b) a down regulation, at the genomic level, of excessive in vivo TNF levels in a human to normal levels or below normal levels; or c) a down regulation, by inhibidon of the direct synthesis of TNF as a postranslational evcnt.5 By the term "TNF mediated disease or disease state" is meant any and all disease states in which INF plays a role, either by production of TNF itself, or by TNF
causing another monokine to be released, such as but not limited to L- 1, or IL-6. A disease , -11- 2~81 7~
state in which IL- 1, for instance is a major component, and whose production or action, is exacerbaoed or secreted in response to TNF, would therefore be considered a disease stated mediated by TNF.
By the term "cytokine" as used herein is meant any secreted polypepdde that affects the functions of other cells, and is a molecule which modulates interacdons between cells in the immune or inflammatory response. A cytokine includes, but is not limited to monokines and Iymphokines regardless of which cells produce them. For instance, a monokine is generally referred to as being produced and secreted by a mononuclear cell, such as a macrophage andlor monocyte but many other cells produce monokines, such as natural killer eells, fibroblasts, basophils, neutraphils, endothelial cells, brain asttocytes, bone marrow stromal eells, epideral keratinoeytes, and B- lymphocytes. Lymphokines are generally referred to as being produeed by Iymphoetye eells. Examples of cytokines include, but are not limited to, lnterleukin-1 (lL-l), Interleukin-6 (IL-6), Tumor Neerosis Faetor-alpha (TNFa) and Tumor Necrosis Faetor beta (TNFB).
By the term "eytokine interfering or eytokine suppresive amount" is meant an effective amount of a eompound of Formula (I) to (m) which will, when given for the treatment, prophylaedealy or therapeudcally, of any disease state which is exacerbated or eaused by exeessive or unregulated cytokine producdon, cause a deerease the ~n vivo levels of the eytokine to normal or below normal levels.
2 0 The inhibition of a eytokine, contemplated by the present invendon, for use in the treatment of a ~V-infected human, must be a eytokine whieh is implieated in (a) the initiation and/or maintenanee of T cell aetivation and/o~ aetivated T eell-mediated HIV gene expression and/or replieation, and/or (b) any eytokine-media~ed disease assoeiated problem sueh as eaehexia or musele degeneradon.
2 5 As TNF-B (also known as Iymphotoxin) has elose struetural homology with TNF-a (also kno vn as eaeheetin) and sinee eaeh induces similar biologie responses and binds to the same eellular reeeptor, both TNF-~ and TNF-B are inhibited by the eompounds of the present invention and thus are herein referred to eolleetively as "TNF" unless speeifieally delineated otherwise.
3 0 By the term "OPUFA mediated disease or disease state" is meant any disease state whieh is mediated (or modulated) by oxidation of polyunsaturated fatty aeids, speeifieally the araehidonie aeid metabolie pathway. The oxidation of araehidonie aeid by sueh enzymes as the lipoxygenase enzyrnes or eyelooxgenase enzyme is speeifieally targeted by the present invention. Sueh enzymes inelude, but are not limited to, 5-LO, 12-LO, 15-LO, 3 5 and CO; whieh produee the following mediators,ineluding but not limited to, PGE2, LTB4, LTC4, LTD4, prostaglandins, thromboxane, and prostocyelin.
...
wo 92/10190 2 0 9 8 ~ 7 7 -12- PCI/US91/09416 By the tenn "OPllFA interfering amount" is meant an effec~ive amount of a compound of Fonnula (I) which shows a reduction of the in vivo levels of an oxgyenated arachidonic acid metabolite.
The compounds of Formula (I) may be prepared from the known intennediates of Formula (A), as shown below. The compounds of Formula (A) are known compoundsand are prepared in Bender et al., U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 07/255,816, filed October 11, 1988; Bender et al., U.S. Patent Number 4,175,127, issued November 20, 1979; Bender et aL U.S. Patent Applicadon Serial Number 07/106,199 filed on July 10, 1987; Bender çt al., U.S. Patent Number 4,803,279, issued February 9, 1989, Bender et al., U.S. Patent Number 4,719,218, issued January 12, 1988; Bender et a]., U.S. Patent Number 4,715,310, issued January 14, 1988 the entire disclosures of all of which are hereby incorporated by referencç.
Compounds of Formula (A) wherein Ro or Rl is a phenyl subsdtuted with a substituted disulfide moiety are prepared by mild air oxidation of the compounds of Formula (A) wherein the R or R1 is a phenyl substituted with a sulfhydryl group. The non-symmetrical disulfides (Z) wherein Z is -S-S-Zl and Zl is aryl, heteroaryl or alkyl, the compounds may be prepared by reaction of the sulfhydryl compound wi~h the appropriate sulfenyl halide in an ethereal solvent to afford compounds of Formula (A) wherein one of Ro or Rl is a phenyl substituted with one or more alkyldithio or aryl-dithio groups.
The method of Mukaiyama.et al., Tetrahedron 1,etters,56:5907-08 (1968) allows for use of the desired aryl-SH or alkyl-SH reagent treated with diethylazodicarboxylate in 1: 1 equivalence at room temperature in a solvent, yielding an adduct which is then treated with 1: 1 rado of the mercaptan of a Formula (A) compound. This process will also yield the disulfide dimer of the compounds of Forrnula (A). Preferably the disulfide linkage is on the 2 5 Ro position of the compounds of Forrnula (A).
Compounds of Forrnula (A) wherein R or Rl is phenyl substituted with an alkylthioalkylthio group are prepared by reacting the analogous sulfhydryl compound, prepared as described above, with the appropriate carbonyl component, such as formaldehyde, acetone, or acetaldehyde, using either mineral or Lewis acid catalysis 3 0 conditions to yield the symmetrical dithioketal. The interrnediate hydroxylalkylthio derivative reacts with another sulhydryl containing compound under the acid catalysis conditions to yield what is essentially a "bis" type compound, differing only by the alkyl chain insertion. This process produces the bis disulfide moieties of part (c) Claim l, for instance, i.e. Formula (A)-S-CRRl-S-Formula (A). The substitution of the alkyl, R or Rl, is deterrnined by the reactive 3 5 carbonyl functional group, wherein R or R1 may be Cl 9 alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, all optionally substituted.
The nonsymmetrical thioketals can be prepared by the reaction of the metal mercaptan salt, prepared as described above, with a halomethyl thioether to yield compounds WO 92/10190 Pcl/ussl/o9416 -13- 209~177 of Formula (A) wherein one of R or R1 is phenyl substituted with one or more alkylthioalkylthio groups. The metal salt reacts with an independent and varying alkyl chain length halomethyl-[CRR1]-thioalkyl[aryVheteroaryl] compound to yield the "non-bis" type compounds, [Formula (A)-S-CRR1-S-R2], wherein R and R1 are as defined above for the 5 "bis" compounds, and R2 is a C1 9 alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group which may be optionally substituted. A mixture of Ro and R1 linkages is contemplated, as part of the present invention, however, preferably the linkage is on both Ro positions of the compounds of Formula (A).
An alternate method of preparation of the nonsymmetrical disulfide compound, 10 wherein only one component is a compound of Formula (A), and the other half of the disulfide link is an alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl derivative, may be prepared by reaction of a sulfhydryl compound of Formula (A), with the appropriate sulfenyl halide, in an ethereal solvent to afford compounds of Formula (A) wherein one of R or Rl is phenyl substituted wit~ ~ne or more [alkyl]- dithio groups, i.e. [Formula (A)-S-S-R2], wherein R-R2 are as 15 defined in the above paragraph. The contemplated sulfenyl halide derivatives of alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl groups may be optionally substituted.
The disulfide compound(s) may also be prepared from the corresponding alkyl sulfoxide compounds, such as methylsulfinyl, propylsulfinyl, iso-propylsulfinyl, wherein the alkyl can be a straight chain or branched derivativc having from 1 to 9 carbon atoms, in a 2 0 solvent, preferably a chlorinated one such as chloroethylcne, methylene chloride or chlorofonn, to which is added a carboxcylic acid anhydride, such as trifluroacedc anhydride, or acetic anhydride. The Pummerer rearrangement reacdon may require some heating prior to addition of an alkali metal hydroxide, such as sodium hydroxide. If acedc anhydride is used than heating is also likely to be needed during the hydroxide treatment, before addition of 2 5 iodine solid (I2), which then affords the symmetrical disulfide compound as is noted above.
Mixtures of the sulfoxide compounds may be present in the solution to yield "symmetrical"
compounds but with varying substituent groups on the di-heteroaryl-imidazole ring system of the present invention.
The compounds of Formula (A) are represented by the structure:
R3 Ra 27~ 9 Rl yN~W
~l~
3 0 Ro (A) wherein W1 is -(CR4R5)-, or-(CR4Rs)-(CR6R7)-;
R2, R3, R4, Rs, R6, R7, Rg, and R9 are, independently, -H or Cl 2 aL~cyl;
. .: . .
-one of.R~l Qn9 ~olis~4-pyridyl or C1 4 alkyl-4-pyridyl; and the other of Rl and Rois (a) phenyl or monosubstituted phenyl wherein said substituent is Cl 4 alkyl, halo, hydroxy, C1 4 alkoxy, Cl 3 aLcylthio, Cl 3 alkylsulfinyl, C1 3 alkylsulfonyl, C2 5 1-alkenyl-1-thio, C2 5 2-alkenyl-1-thio, C2 5 1-alkenyl-l-sulfinyl, C2 5 2-alkenyl-1-sulfinyl, C2 5 1-alkenyl-1-sulfonyl, C3 5 2-alkenyl-1-sulfonyl, C1 3 alkylarnino, C1 3 dialkylamino, CF3, N-(C
3alkanamido), N-(Cl 3 alkyl)-N-(Cl 3aL~canarnido), N-pyrrolidino, N-piperidino, prop-2-ene-1-oxy, 2,2,2-trihaloethoxy, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbarnyl, dithiocarbarnyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, aL`~oxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl alkyl~hioalkylthio, Z, or acyloxyalkylthio;
(b) disubstituted phenyl wherein said substituents are, independently, Cl 3 alkylthio, C1 3 alkoxy, halo, C1 4 alkyl, C1 3 alkylarnino, N- (Cl 3alkyl)-N-(Cl 3 alkanarnido), Cl 3 dialkylarnino, arnino, N-pyrrolidino or N-piperidino;
(c) disubstituted phenyl wherein one of said substituents is C 1-3 alkoxy, halo, Cl 4 alkyl or CF3, and the other substituent is thiol, alkylsulfinyl, acylthio, dithioacyl, LhiocarbarnyL dithiocarbamyl, allcylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, Z, or acyloxyalkylthio; or (d) disubstitutcd phenyl wherein one of said substituents is arnino, 2 5 Cl 3 alkylamino or C1 3 dialkylamino; and the other substituent is Cl 3 alkylsulfinyl, C2 5 -l-alkenyl-l-thio, C2 5 l-alkenyl-l-sulfinyl, C3 5 2-alkenyl-l-thio, C3 5 2-alkenyl-1- sulfinyl, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenyl~hio, phenylsulfinyl, 3 0 alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl, aL~cylthioalkylthio, Z, or acyloxyalkylthio; or (e) disubstituted phenyl wherein said substituents are the same and are selected from halo, C1 3 alkoxy, C1 3 alkylamino, C1 3 dialkylarnino, N-pyrrolidino, N-piperidino, 2,2,2-trihaloethoxy, prop-2-ene-1-oxy, hydroxy, Cl 3 alkylthio, Cl 3 alkyl-sulfonyl, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylaLkylthio, carbaL~coxyaLkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, aL~coxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyaLkylthio, aLkoxyalkylsulfinyl, aLlcylthioalkylthio, or Z, wo 92/lolgo 2 0 9 8 1 Pcr/ussl/l)94l6 (f) a moiety of one of the Formulae:
l3 is R2 / \ Rg ~N yWa S-- (CH2),--S~N
or R2~Rg ~3S--(CH2),--S~Y
wherein t is O or 1;
wherein Wa, and R1 - Rg are as defined above;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Alternatively the compounds of Formula (A) can be preferably be prepa~d as outlined in the schematic below. While only a five membered pyrrole is shown the synthesis 10 is also applicablc to the six membered nitrogen containing ring. The desired R2-Rg alkyl substituted compounds of Formula (A) are prepared from the correspondingly R2-Rgsubstituted compounds of Formula (3).
This process comprises cyclizing a compound of Formula (3):
~A
R~ 60 R~ NH2 Fornwla (3) wherein A is (CH2)n and n is 1 or 2; R 1 and Ro are as dcfined for Fonnula (I) herein. Preferably Ro is a phenyl substituted by a Cl 4 alkylthio, halogen, Cl 4 aLtcyl, or C
There remains a need for treatment, in this field, for compounds which are 3 5 cytokine suppresive anti-inflammatory drugs (hereinafter CSAID's), i.e. compounds which are capable of inhibiting cytokines, such as IL-1, IL-6 and TNF; and compounds which are also capable of inhibiting the oxygenation of arachidonic acid by inhibition of enzymes such as lipoxygenase, specifically 5-lipoxygenase (5-LO) and cyclooxygenase (CO) thereby preventing the fonnation of various leukotrienes and prostaglandins.
209~177 SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
This invention relales to the novel compounds of Formula (I) and pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of Formula (I) and a pharmaceutically 5 acceptable diluent or carrier.
This invention relates to a method of treating an oxygenated polyunsaturated fatty acid mediated disease (hereinafter OPUFA) in an animal in need thereof which comprises administering to such animal, an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I).
This invention also relates to a method of treating a cytokine mediated disease,10 in an animal in need thereof, which comprises administering to such animal an effective amount of a compound of Formula (II).
This invention specifically relates to a method of inhibiting the production of interleukin- 1 (hereinafter L- 1) in an animal in need thereof which comprises adminis~ering to such animal an effective amount of a compound of Forrnula (II) sufficient to inhibit IL- 1.
15 More specifically the inhibition of the production of ~-1 is useful in the treatment, prophylactically or therapeutically, of any disease state in a mammal which is exacerbated or caused by excessive or unregulated L-1 production.
This invention specifically relates IO a method of inhibiting the production of Tumor Necrosis Factor (hereinafter TNF) in an animal in need thereof which comprises 2 0 adrnhistcrhg to such animal, an cffecdve amount of a compound of Formula (II) sufficient to inhibit TNF. More specifically the inhibition of the production of TNF is useful in the treatment, prophylactically or therapeutically, of any disease state in a mammal which is exacerbated or caused by excessive or unregulated TNF production.
2 5 pETALED DESCRIPI ION OF THE INVENTION
The compounds of Formula (II) are also useful in the treatment of viral infections, where such viruses are sensitive to upregulation by TNF or will elicit TNF
production in vivo. The viruses contemplated for treatment herein are those that produce TNF
as a result of infection, or those which are sensitive to inhibition, such as by decreased 3 0 replication, directly or indirectly, by the TNF inhibitors of Formula (II). Such viruses include, but are not limited to; HIV- 1, HIV-2 and HIV-3, Cytomegalovirus (CMV),Influenza, adenovirus and the Herpes group of viruses, such as but not limited to, Herpes Zoster and Herpes Simplex.
This invention more specifically relates to a method of treating a mammal, 3 5 afflicted with a human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), which comprises administering to such marnmal an effective INF inhibiting amount of a compound of Formula (1).
The compounds of Formula (II) may also be used in association with the veterinary treatment of mammals, other than in humans, in need of inhibition of TNF
wo 92/10190 PCr/US9l/09416 ~3~ 2098~7 production. TNF mediated diseases for treatment, therapeutically or prophylactically, in animals include disease states such as those noted above, but in par~icular viral infections.
Examples of such viruses include, but are not limited to, feline immunodeficiency virus (FIV) or other retroviral infection such as equine infectious anaemia virus, caprine arthritis virus, s visna virus, maedi virus and other lentiviruses.
A preferred method of this invention is the treatment, therapeutically or prophylactically, of viral infections, in particular where such viruses are sensitive to upregulation by TNF or IL- l will elicit TNF or IL-l production in vivo by administering an effective arnount of a compound of Formula (II).
The compounds of Formula (I) are represented by the structure:
R3 R~
R2 ~Rg R, ~,~ N yW
~N
Ro (I) wherein W l is -(CR4R5)-, or -(CR4Rs)-(cR6R7) R2 R3, R6, R7, Rg, and Rg are hydrogen; or one or two of R2, R3, R6, R7, Rg, and Rg are, independently, hydrogen or C1 2 alkyl;
one of R4 and Rs is ORlo and thc other is selected from H, alkyll.6, optionally substituted alkyll.6, aryl, optionally substituted aryl, heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
Rlo is hydrogen, opdonally substituted Cl.6 alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl; provided that when Rlo is hydrogen the other of R4 or Rs is other than hydrogen;
one of R1 and Ro is 4-pyridyl or Cl 4 alkyl-4-pyridyl; and the other of Rl and Ro is (a) phenyl;
(b) mono- or di-substituted phenyl wherein said substituents are 2 5 independently selected from Cl 4 alkyl, halo, hydroxy, Cl 4 alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, Cl 3 alkylthio, C1 3 alkylsulfinyl, C2 5 1-alkenyl-1-thio, C2 5 2-alkenyl-1-thio, C2 5 l-alkenyl-l-sulfinyl, C2 5 2-aLlcenyl-1-sulfinyl, C1 3 alkylamino, C1 3 dialkylamino, CF3, N-(C1 3alkanamido), N-(C1 3 alkyl)-N-(C1 3alkanamido), N-pyrrolidino, N-piperidino, prop2-ene-3 0 1-oxy, 2,2,2-trihaloethoxy, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkyl-sulfmyl alkylthioaL~ylthio, acyloxyalkylthio, acyloxyaLkylsulfinyl or Z; or " ' .: ' ' , ' ' :, . - .
wo 92/lolso PCr/U~91/09416 2098177 ~4~
(c) a moiety of the forrnulae:
~ S--(CRaR,,),--5~
wherein Y is selected from s j~3 j~3 R3 Ra R2 ~Rg ~N
R
whcrcin t is 0 or l; W, Rl, R2, R3, R4, Rs, R6, R7, Rg, and Rg are as defined above;
A is -CRs=CR7-, -N=CR7-, -S- or -O-;
Ra and Rb are independently selected from hydrogen, opdonally subsdtuted Cl g aLIcyl, optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
Z is -s-(cRaRb)rs-zl;
Zl is a functional moiety;
1 S or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Preferred mono-substitution of the phenyl ring for compounds of Formula (I) is C14 alkyl, C14 alkyl S(O)m, m is 0 or l; C~4 alkoxy, halo, N-(Cl 3 alkyl) alkanamido, or N-(Cl 3 alkanamido).
2 0 Prefe~ed di-substitution of the phenyl ring for compounds of Formula (I) is:
(b) disubstituted phenyl wherein said substituents are, independently, Cl 3 aLtcylthio, Cl 3 alkoxy, halo, Cl 4 alkyl, Cl 3 alkylarnino, N- (Cl 3alkyl)-N-(Cl 3 alkanamido), Cl 3 dialkylamino, amino, N-pyrrolidino or N-piperidino; or 2 5 (c) disubstituted phenyl wherein one of said substituents is C1 3 aLlcoxy, halo, Cl 4 aL~cyl or CP3, and the other substituent is thiol, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, wo 92/10190 PCr/US91/09416 ~5~ 2~8177 alkoxythionothio, arylthio, arylsulfinyl, alkoxyaLtcylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl,alkylthioalkylthio, acyloxyalkylsulfinyl, acyloxyalkyl~hio or Z; or (d) disubstituted phenyl wherein one of said substituents is arnino, Cl 3 alkylamino or Cl 3 dialkylarnino; and the other substituent is Cl 3 S alkylthio, Cl 3 alkylsulfinyl, C2 5 -l-alkenyl-l-thio, C2 5 l-aLlcenyl-l-sulfinyl, C3 5 2-alkenyl-l-thio, C3 5 2-alkenyl-l- sulfinyl, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbarnyl, dithiocarbarnyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyallcylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, acyloxyalkylthio, acyloxyalkylsulfinyl or Z; or (e) disubstituted phenyl wherein said substituents are the same and are selected from halo, Cl 3 alkoxy, Cl 3 aLtcylamino, Cl 3 dialkylarnino, N-pyrrolidino, N-piperidino, 2.2,2-tnhaloethoxy, prop-2-ene-1-oxy, hydroxy, C1 3 alkylthio, C1 3 alkyl-sulfonyl, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, acyloxyalkylthio, acyloxyalkylsulfinyl or Z;
Preferably, for all the compounds of Formulas (I) when R1 is C1 4 alkyl-4-pyridyl the alkyl substituent is located at the 2-position of the pyridine ring. More prefcrably the alkyl substituent is methyl.
Zl is a functional moiety that does not interferc with breakagc of the disulfidebond in-vivo to yield the SH moiety. Preferable Zl moieties are aryl, optionally substituted 25 aryl, Cl g alkyl, optionally substituted aLkyl, heteroaryl, an opdonally substituted heteroaryl, cystiene or glutathione. The optional substituents may be the sarne as the Ro or R1 phenyl moieties noted above for Formula (r).
Ra and Rb are independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted Cl 9 alkyl, optionally subsdtuted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl. The opdonal 3 0 substituents for the aryl and heteroaryl ring are the same as the Ro and Rl phenyl moieties noted above for Formula (I), other than Z. Preferably Ra and Rb are unsubstituted or substituted with C14 alkyl.
Preferably, one of R4 or Rs is hydroxyl, i. e. Rlo is hydrogen. When the other of R4 or R5 is aryl, it is preferably an optionally substituted phenyl moiety. Optional 3 5 substdtuents groups for R4 or R5 as aryl or heteroaryl are halogen, Cl g alkyl, halo-substituted Cl g alkyl, hydroxy-substituted Cl galkyl, C1 6 alkoxy, S(o)nallcyll-6~ (cH2)m C2H, (CH2)mNRI IR12, wherein Rl I and R12 are independently selected from hydrogen, allcyll4, aryl, or Rl 1 and R12 together forrn a heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members, wherein one or two ..
, wO 92/1019~ PCr/US91/09416 ~-of the ring members of the heurocyclic ring may additionally be O, N or S and may contain additional unsaturation; n is 0 to 2, and m is 0 to 4. For 5-LO or CO inhibitory activity the R4 or Rs moiety is not substituted with a carboxylic acid moiety.
When R4 or Rs is an optionally substituted aL~cyl the substituents are selected 5 from halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, aL~cylS(O)n, aryl, heteroaryl, C02H, or NRIIR12. For all R4 and Rs substitutions the halogen substituted alkyl moiety may contain more than one halogen selected independently from fluorine, chloride, iodine or bromine; the hydroxy substituted alkyl may also be polyhydroxy substituted.
Preferably when one of R4 or Rs is a substituted phenyl, the substituents are 10 halo, methoxy, carboxylic acid (and salts thereof), or a mono- or di-alkyl substituted methylamine. Preferred heterocyclic rings when Rll and R12 cyclize are a pyrrole, pyrrolidine, piperidine, or morpholino ring.
The optional substituents for Rlo moieties is the same for the R4 and Rs terms described above.
The compounds of Formula (II), a subgenus of the compounds of Formula (I) are also useful in the treatment of an OPUFA mediated diseases and are preferably useful as cytokine inhibitors. The compounds of Formula (Il) are represented by the structure:
R2~Rg R, ~NyW2 ~N
R~ (Il) wherem 2 0 W2 is -(CR4R5)-, or -(CR4Rs)-(CR6R7);
R2 R3, R6, R7, Rg, and Rg are hydrogen; or one or two of R2 R3, R6, R7, Rg, and Rg are, independently, hydrogen or C1 2 alkyl;
one of R4 and Rs is ORlo and the other is selected from H, alkyll~, halogen subsdtuted alkyll~, aryl, opdonally substituted aryl;
Rlo is hydrogen or Cl~ alkyl; provided that when Rlo is hydrogen the other of R4 or Rs is other than hydrogen;
Rl is 4-pyridyl or C1 4 alkyl-4-pyridyl;
Rois (a) phenyl;
(b) mono or di-substituted phenyl wherein said substituents are independently selected from Cl 4 alkyl, halo, halosubstituted alkyl, Cl 4 alkoxy, C1 3 alkylthio, Cl 3 alkylsulfinyl, C2 5 l-aL~cenyl-l-thio, C2 5 2-alkenyl-l-thio, C2 5 l-aLkenyl-l-sulfinyl, C2 5 2-aLkenyl-l-sulfinyl, Cl 3 alkylarnino, Cl 3 diaLkylamino, CF3, N-pyrrolidino, N-piperidino, 2,2,2-wo 92/10190 Pcr/lJs9l/o94l6 209~t 77 trihaloethoxy, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylaL~cylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, aL~coxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, aLkoxyalkylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, acyloxyaL~cylthio, acyloxyalkylsulfinylS or Z; provided that is the phenyl is substituted with a C34 alkoxy it is in other than the 4-position;
(c) a moiety of the formulae:
~ S--~CRaRb)l--S~
wherein Y is selected from ~, R2~R8 ~A R,~_~W2 whereintisOorl; W2,RI,R2,R3,R4,Rs,R6,R7,Rg,andRgareas 15 defined above;
A is -CRs=CR7-, -N=CR7-, -S- or -0-;
Ra and Rb are independently selected from hydrogen, op~ionally substituted C1 9 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
Z is -S-(CRaRb)rS-ZI;
2 0 Z1 is a functional moiety;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thçreof.
Preferable R4 or Rs groups are a substituted aryl or allcyl with halogen, tCH2)m C02H, or a (CH2)mNRllRl2 moiety, and m is O to 4. As in Formula (I) when Rl is 2 5 a Cl.4 alkyl-4-pyridyl it preferably substituted in the 2-position of the pyridyl ring and the alkyl substituent is preferably methyl. As also the instancein Formula (I) or (Il) compounds, the W or W2 term is preferably -(CR4Rs)-.
Preferable Ro mono-substitution of a compound of Formula (II) is a Cl.3 alkyl, Cl 2 alkyl S(O)n, halogen, or CF3 moiety, and n is O or l. If Ro is substituted with a 3 0 C14 alkoxy moiety it is preferably a methoxy or ethoxy derivative, or if C34 alkoxy it is in other than the para position.
Preferable di-substitu~ion of a compound of Formula (II) is:
wo 92/10190 PCr/US91/09416 2~98177 -8-(a) disubstituted phenyl wherein said subs~ituents are, independently, Cl 3 aLkylthio, Cl 3 alkoxy, halo, Cl 4 alkyl, Cl 3 aLkylarnino, Cl 3 diaLkylarnino, amino, N-pyrrolidino or N-piperidino; or (b) disubstituted phenyl wherein one of said substituents is C1 3 aLkoxy, halo, Cl 4 aLkyl or CF3, and the other substituent is thiol, aL~cylthio, alkylsulfinyl, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbarnyl, dithiocarbarnyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyaLkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, Z, or acyloxyaL~cylthio; or l o (c) disubstituted phenyl wherein one of said substituents is arnino, Cl 3 alkylamino or C1 3 dialkylarnino; and the other substituent is C1 3 alkylthio, C1 3 alkylsulfinyl, C2 5 -l-alkenyl-l-thio, C2 5 I-alkenyl-l-sulfinyl, C3 5 2-alkenyl-l-thio, C3 5 2-alkenyl-l- sulfinyl, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbarnyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, acyloxyalkylthio, acyloxyalkylsulfinyl, or Z; or (d) disubstituted phenyl wherein said substituents are the same and are selected from halo, Cl 3 alkoxy, Cl 3 alkylamino, Cl 3 dialkylamino, N-pyrrolidino, N-piperidino, 2,2,2-trihaloethoxy, Cl.3 alkylthio, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbarnyl, dithiocarbatnyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, acyloxyalkylthio, acyloxyalkylsulfinyl or Z.
It should be noted that the compounds of F~rmula (I) where Rl or Ro may be a C1 3 alkylsulfinyl, C2 5 l-alkenyl-l-sulfinyl, C2 5 -2-alkenyl-l-sulfinyl, alkoxyalkyl-sulfinyl, and phenylsulfinyl moiety, may act as prodrugs which are reductively converted in vjvo to the corresponding alkylthio or aLkenylthio form.
It should be noted that the compounds of Formula (I) where Rl or Ro may be a phenyl substituted with an acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbarnyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, or acyloxyalkylthio may act as prodrugs which are hydrolytically converted m vivo to the corresponding sulfhydryl form.
It should be noted that the compounds of Formula (I) where Rl or Ro may be a phenyl substituted with any of the disulfide moieties described herein may act as prodrugs which are oxidatively converted in vivo to the corresponding sulfhydryl form.
wo 92/1OIgo PCr/US91/09416 20~ 77 By the term "halo" as used herein is meant all halogens, i.e., chloro, fluoro, bromo and iodo.
By the term "C1 galkyl" or "aLkyl" groups as used herein is meant to include both straight or branched chain radicals of 1 to 9 carbon atoms, unless the chain length is 5 limited thereto, including, but not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, and the like.
By the term "allcenyl" as used herein is meant to include both straight or branched chain radicals of 1 to 9 carbon atoms, unless the chain length is limited thereto, but not limited to vinyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, or 3-methyl-2-propenyl.
By the term "aryl" as used herein, in any combination, such as "aryloxy", is meant phenyl, or naphthyl.
By the term "heteroaryl" as used herein, in any combination, such as "heteroaryloxy", is meant a 5-10 membered aromatic ring system in which one or more rings contain one or more heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of N, O or S; such as, bu~
15 not limited, to quinoline, isoquinoline, pyridine, pyrimidine, oxazole, thiazole, thiadiazole, triazole, imidazole.
By the term "sulfinyl" as used herein is meant the oxide of the corresponding sulfide. By the term "thio" as used herein is meant the sulfide. For further clarification, the following table outlines the structural attachment of the atoms of the Rl and Ro substituents of 20 thc compounds of Formula (I):
Table I
Bo substituents S~uctu~al Attachment C1 3 a~ylsulfinyl [AS(O)-~
2 5 C2 5 1-allcenyl-1-~io [AAlC=CHS-]
C2 5 l-alkenyl-l-sulfinyl [AAlC~HS(O)-]
C3 5 2-alkenyl-1-thio [ACH=CAlCH2S-]
C3 5 2-alkenyl-1-sulfinyl [ACH=CAlCH2S(O)-]
1 acyloxy- 1 -a~ylthio [AC(O)OCH(Al)S-~
NOTE:A and Al are hydrogen or alkyl;
Table 2 ~dditional Rl or Rsl SubstiNents StrucNral Attachments:
3 5 acylthio [DC(O)S-]
dithioacyl [DC(S)S-]
thiocarbamyl [DDlNC(O)S-]
dithiocarbamyl [DD1NC(S)S-]
WO 92/10190 Pcr/us9l/o94l6 20~177 -lO-aLtcylcarbonylalkylthio [DC(O)CH2S-]
carba1~coxyalkylthio [BOC(O)CH2S-]
aLtcoxycarbonylthio [BOC(O)S-]
aLkoxythionothio [BOC(S)S-]
s alkoxyalkylthio [BOCH2S-]
alkoxyalkylsulfinyl [BOCH2s(o)]
alkylthioalkylthio [BSCH2S-]
disulfide [Z] [-s(cRaRb)t-s-zl]
Note: D and D1 are hydrogen, Cl 9 alkyL or phenyl; t is 0 or 1 B is Cl g alkyl or aryl; Ra, Rb and Z1 is aryl, heteroaryl or Cl 9 alkyl (optionally substituted). The hydrogen atoms in the CH2 groups described in Table 2 are, independently, opdonally substituted by a Cl 4 allcyl moiety.
By the term "lipoxygenase" as used herein is meant the 5-lipoxygenase, 12-lipoxygenase or 15-lipoxygenase enzymes.
By the term "inhibiting the production of L-1" is meanl a) a decrease of excessive in vivo L- 1 levels in a human to normal levels or 2 0 below no~mal levels by inhibition of the in vivo release of L- I by all cclls, including but not limited to monocytes or macrophages;
b) a down regulation, at the genomic level, of excessive m vivo L-1 levels in a human to normal levels or below normal levels; or c) a down regulation, by inhibition of the direct synthesis of L- 1 as a 2 5 postranslational event.
By the terrn "inhibiting the production of TNF" is meant a) a decrease of excessive in vivo TNF levels in a human to normal levels or below normal levels by inhibition of the m vivo release of TNF by all cells, including but not 0 limited to monocytes or macrophages;
b) a down regulation, at the genomic level, of excessive in vivo TNF levels in a human to normal levels or below normal levels; or c) a down regulation, by inhibidon of the direct synthesis of TNF as a postranslational evcnt.5 By the term "TNF mediated disease or disease state" is meant any and all disease states in which INF plays a role, either by production of TNF itself, or by TNF
causing another monokine to be released, such as but not limited to L- 1, or IL-6. A disease , -11- 2~81 7~
state in which IL- 1, for instance is a major component, and whose production or action, is exacerbaoed or secreted in response to TNF, would therefore be considered a disease stated mediated by TNF.
By the term "cytokine" as used herein is meant any secreted polypepdde that affects the functions of other cells, and is a molecule which modulates interacdons between cells in the immune or inflammatory response. A cytokine includes, but is not limited to monokines and Iymphokines regardless of which cells produce them. For instance, a monokine is generally referred to as being produced and secreted by a mononuclear cell, such as a macrophage andlor monocyte but many other cells produce monokines, such as natural killer eells, fibroblasts, basophils, neutraphils, endothelial cells, brain asttocytes, bone marrow stromal eells, epideral keratinoeytes, and B- lymphocytes. Lymphokines are generally referred to as being produeed by Iymphoetye eells. Examples of cytokines include, but are not limited to, lnterleukin-1 (lL-l), Interleukin-6 (IL-6), Tumor Neerosis Faetor-alpha (TNFa) and Tumor Necrosis Faetor beta (TNFB).
By the term "eytokine interfering or eytokine suppresive amount" is meant an effective amount of a eompound of Formula (I) to (m) which will, when given for the treatment, prophylaedealy or therapeudcally, of any disease state which is exacerbated or eaused by exeessive or unregulated cytokine producdon, cause a deerease the ~n vivo levels of the eytokine to normal or below normal levels.
2 0 The inhibition of a eytokine, contemplated by the present invendon, for use in the treatment of a ~V-infected human, must be a eytokine whieh is implieated in (a) the initiation and/or maintenanee of T cell aetivation and/o~ aetivated T eell-mediated HIV gene expression and/or replieation, and/or (b) any eytokine-media~ed disease assoeiated problem sueh as eaehexia or musele degeneradon.
2 5 As TNF-B (also known as Iymphotoxin) has elose struetural homology with TNF-a (also kno vn as eaeheetin) and sinee eaeh induces similar biologie responses and binds to the same eellular reeeptor, both TNF-~ and TNF-B are inhibited by the eompounds of the present invention and thus are herein referred to eolleetively as "TNF" unless speeifieally delineated otherwise.
3 0 By the term "OPUFA mediated disease or disease state" is meant any disease state whieh is mediated (or modulated) by oxidation of polyunsaturated fatty aeids, speeifieally the araehidonie aeid metabolie pathway. The oxidation of araehidonie aeid by sueh enzymes as the lipoxygenase enzyrnes or eyelooxgenase enzyme is speeifieally targeted by the present invention. Sueh enzymes inelude, but are not limited to, 5-LO, 12-LO, 15-LO, 3 5 and CO; whieh produee the following mediators,ineluding but not limited to, PGE2, LTB4, LTC4, LTD4, prostaglandins, thromboxane, and prostocyelin.
...
wo 92/10190 2 0 9 8 ~ 7 7 -12- PCI/US91/09416 By the tenn "OPllFA interfering amount" is meant an effec~ive amount of a compound of Fonnula (I) which shows a reduction of the in vivo levels of an oxgyenated arachidonic acid metabolite.
The compounds of Formula (I) may be prepared from the known intennediates of Formula (A), as shown below. The compounds of Formula (A) are known compoundsand are prepared in Bender et al., U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 07/255,816, filed October 11, 1988; Bender et al., U.S. Patent Number 4,175,127, issued November 20, 1979; Bender et aL U.S. Patent Applicadon Serial Number 07/106,199 filed on July 10, 1987; Bender çt al., U.S. Patent Number 4,803,279, issued February 9, 1989, Bender et al., U.S. Patent Number 4,719,218, issued January 12, 1988; Bender et a]., U.S. Patent Number 4,715,310, issued January 14, 1988 the entire disclosures of all of which are hereby incorporated by referencç.
Compounds of Formula (A) wherein Ro or Rl is a phenyl subsdtuted with a substituted disulfide moiety are prepared by mild air oxidation of the compounds of Formula (A) wherein the R or R1 is a phenyl substituted with a sulfhydryl group. The non-symmetrical disulfides (Z) wherein Z is -S-S-Zl and Zl is aryl, heteroaryl or alkyl, the compounds may be prepared by reaction of the sulfhydryl compound wi~h the appropriate sulfenyl halide in an ethereal solvent to afford compounds of Formula (A) wherein one of Ro or Rl is a phenyl substituted with one or more alkyldithio or aryl-dithio groups.
The method of Mukaiyama.et al., Tetrahedron 1,etters,56:5907-08 (1968) allows for use of the desired aryl-SH or alkyl-SH reagent treated with diethylazodicarboxylate in 1: 1 equivalence at room temperature in a solvent, yielding an adduct which is then treated with 1: 1 rado of the mercaptan of a Formula (A) compound. This process will also yield the disulfide dimer of the compounds of Forrnula (A). Preferably the disulfide linkage is on the 2 5 Ro position of the compounds of Forrnula (A).
Compounds of Forrnula (A) wherein R or Rl is phenyl substituted with an alkylthioalkylthio group are prepared by reacting the analogous sulfhydryl compound, prepared as described above, with the appropriate carbonyl component, such as formaldehyde, acetone, or acetaldehyde, using either mineral or Lewis acid catalysis 3 0 conditions to yield the symmetrical dithioketal. The interrnediate hydroxylalkylthio derivative reacts with another sulhydryl containing compound under the acid catalysis conditions to yield what is essentially a "bis" type compound, differing only by the alkyl chain insertion. This process produces the bis disulfide moieties of part (c) Claim l, for instance, i.e. Formula (A)-S-CRRl-S-Formula (A). The substitution of the alkyl, R or Rl, is deterrnined by the reactive 3 5 carbonyl functional group, wherein R or R1 may be Cl 9 alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, all optionally substituted.
The nonsymmetrical thioketals can be prepared by the reaction of the metal mercaptan salt, prepared as described above, with a halomethyl thioether to yield compounds WO 92/10190 Pcl/ussl/o9416 -13- 209~177 of Formula (A) wherein one of R or R1 is phenyl substituted with one or more alkylthioalkylthio groups. The metal salt reacts with an independent and varying alkyl chain length halomethyl-[CRR1]-thioalkyl[aryVheteroaryl] compound to yield the "non-bis" type compounds, [Formula (A)-S-CRR1-S-R2], wherein R and R1 are as defined above for the 5 "bis" compounds, and R2 is a C1 9 alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group which may be optionally substituted. A mixture of Ro and R1 linkages is contemplated, as part of the present invention, however, preferably the linkage is on both Ro positions of the compounds of Formula (A).
An alternate method of preparation of the nonsymmetrical disulfide compound, 10 wherein only one component is a compound of Formula (A), and the other half of the disulfide link is an alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl derivative, may be prepared by reaction of a sulfhydryl compound of Formula (A), with the appropriate sulfenyl halide, in an ethereal solvent to afford compounds of Formula (A) wherein one of R or Rl is phenyl substituted wit~ ~ne or more [alkyl]- dithio groups, i.e. [Formula (A)-S-S-R2], wherein R-R2 are as 15 defined in the above paragraph. The contemplated sulfenyl halide derivatives of alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl groups may be optionally substituted.
The disulfide compound(s) may also be prepared from the corresponding alkyl sulfoxide compounds, such as methylsulfinyl, propylsulfinyl, iso-propylsulfinyl, wherein the alkyl can be a straight chain or branched derivativc having from 1 to 9 carbon atoms, in a 2 0 solvent, preferably a chlorinated one such as chloroethylcne, methylene chloride or chlorofonn, to which is added a carboxcylic acid anhydride, such as trifluroacedc anhydride, or acetic anhydride. The Pummerer rearrangement reacdon may require some heating prior to addition of an alkali metal hydroxide, such as sodium hydroxide. If acedc anhydride is used than heating is also likely to be needed during the hydroxide treatment, before addition of 2 5 iodine solid (I2), which then affords the symmetrical disulfide compound as is noted above.
Mixtures of the sulfoxide compounds may be present in the solution to yield "symmetrical"
compounds but with varying substituent groups on the di-heteroaryl-imidazole ring system of the present invention.
The compounds of Formula (A) are represented by the structure:
R3 Ra 27~ 9 Rl yN~W
~l~
3 0 Ro (A) wherein W1 is -(CR4R5)-, or-(CR4Rs)-(CR6R7)-;
R2, R3, R4, Rs, R6, R7, Rg, and R9 are, independently, -H or Cl 2 aL~cyl;
. .: . .
-one of.R~l Qn9 ~olis~4-pyridyl or C1 4 alkyl-4-pyridyl; and the other of Rl and Rois (a) phenyl or monosubstituted phenyl wherein said substituent is Cl 4 alkyl, halo, hydroxy, C1 4 alkoxy, Cl 3 aLcylthio, Cl 3 alkylsulfinyl, C1 3 alkylsulfonyl, C2 5 1-alkenyl-1-thio, C2 5 2-alkenyl-1-thio, C2 5 1-alkenyl-l-sulfinyl, C2 5 2-alkenyl-1-sulfinyl, C2 5 1-alkenyl-1-sulfonyl, C3 5 2-alkenyl-1-sulfonyl, C1 3 alkylarnino, C1 3 dialkylamino, CF3, N-(C
3alkanamido), N-(Cl 3 alkyl)-N-(Cl 3aL~canarnido), N-pyrrolidino, N-piperidino, prop-2-ene-1-oxy, 2,2,2-trihaloethoxy, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbarnyl, dithiocarbarnyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, aL`~oxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl alkyl~hioalkylthio, Z, or acyloxyalkylthio;
(b) disubstituted phenyl wherein said substituents are, independently, Cl 3 alkylthio, C1 3 alkoxy, halo, C1 4 alkyl, C1 3 alkylarnino, N- (Cl 3alkyl)-N-(Cl 3 alkanarnido), Cl 3 dialkylarnino, arnino, N-pyrrolidino or N-piperidino;
(c) disubstituted phenyl wherein one of said substituents is C 1-3 alkoxy, halo, Cl 4 alkyl or CF3, and the other substituent is thiol, alkylsulfinyl, acylthio, dithioacyl, LhiocarbarnyL dithiocarbamyl, allcylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, Z, or acyloxyalkylthio; or (d) disubstitutcd phenyl wherein one of said substituents is arnino, 2 5 Cl 3 alkylamino or C1 3 dialkylamino; and the other substituent is Cl 3 alkylsulfinyl, C2 5 -l-alkenyl-l-thio, C2 5 l-alkenyl-l-sulfinyl, C3 5 2-alkenyl-l-thio, C3 5 2-alkenyl-1- sulfinyl, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenyl~hio, phenylsulfinyl, 3 0 alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl, aL~cylthioalkylthio, Z, or acyloxyalkylthio; or (e) disubstituted phenyl wherein said substituents are the same and are selected from halo, C1 3 alkoxy, C1 3 alkylamino, C1 3 dialkylarnino, N-pyrrolidino, N-piperidino, 2,2,2-trihaloethoxy, prop-2-ene-1-oxy, hydroxy, Cl 3 alkylthio, Cl 3 alkyl-sulfonyl, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylaLkylthio, carbaL~coxyaLkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, aL~coxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyaLkylthio, aLkoxyalkylsulfinyl, aLlcylthioalkylthio, or Z, wo 92/lolgo 2 0 9 8 1 Pcr/ussl/l)94l6 (f) a moiety of one of the Formulae:
l3 is R2 / \ Rg ~N yWa S-- (CH2),--S~N
or R2~Rg ~3S--(CH2),--S~Y
wherein t is O or 1;
wherein Wa, and R1 - Rg are as defined above;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Alternatively the compounds of Formula (A) can be preferably be prepa~d as outlined in the schematic below. While only a five membered pyrrole is shown the synthesis 10 is also applicablc to the six membered nitrogen containing ring. The desired R2-Rg alkyl substituted compounds of Formula (A) are prepared from the correspondingly R2-Rgsubstituted compounds of Formula (3).
This process comprises cyclizing a compound of Formula (3):
~A
R~ 60 R~ NH2 Fornwla (3) wherein A is (CH2)n and n is 1 or 2; R 1 and Ro are as dcfined for Fonnula (I) herein. Preferably Ro is a phenyl substituted by a Cl 4 alkylthio, halogen, Cl 4 aLtcyl, or C
4 alko~cy.
The compounds of Formula (3) are prepared by reacting thc compounds of Formula (1) and (2):
~A base R N~
R~`CHN--60 D 1 ~ 0 Ro NH2 2 0Forrnula (1 ) Fonnula (2) Formula (3) .
WO 92tlOl90 PCI/US91/09416 Suitable bases include alkyl lithiums such as but not limited to, n-butyl lithium, potassium t-butoxide, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium hexamethylsilylazide, sodium or potassium hydride or potassium hydroxide optionally with a phase transfer catalyst such as tetraethylammonium bromide, or a suitable mixture thereof, e.g. n-butyl-lithium and
The compounds of Formula (3) are prepared by reacting thc compounds of Formula (1) and (2):
~A base R N~
R~`CHN--60 D 1 ~ 0 Ro NH2 2 0Forrnula (1 ) Fonnula (2) Formula (3) .
WO 92tlOl90 PCI/US91/09416 Suitable bases include alkyl lithiums such as but not limited to, n-butyl lithium, potassium t-butoxide, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium hexamethylsilylazide, sodium or potassium hydride or potassium hydroxide optionally with a phase transfer catalyst such as tetraethylammonium bromide, or a suitable mixture thereof, e.g. n-butyl-lithium and
5 potassium t-butoxide. Conveniently a compound of Formula (1) is reacted with 1 to 2 mole equivalents, preferably 1.4 to 1.7 mole equivalents of the base be~ore treatment with a compound of Formula (2).
The reaction to form a compound of Formula (3) is in an organic solvent, such as but not limitcd to, THF, dialkylether, dimethylformamide, toluene, aimcthylethylideneurea 10 or tetramethylethylencdiamine or a suitable mixturc thereof. The reaction should be pcrformed within a temperature range of about -80C to about 100C. Prcferably the reaction is cooled initially and the temperature is raised to optimize the reaction time of the process.
The compounds of Formula (3) may be isolated on workup and then cyclized to a compound of the Formula (A) with a suitable base as hereinbefore described. An 15 cxample of such preparation can be found in synthetic Example 3.
Preferably, the compound of the Formula (3) is not isolated, but is forrned in situ and cyclized directly to a compound of the Formula (A) under the basic condltions of the reacdon mixture. An example of such preparation can bc found in synthedc Example 4.
Compounds of Formula (1) are prepared by reacting in the presence of a base a 2 0 compound of Formula (4), or an acid salt thereof:
RlCH2L
Formula (4) wherein R1 is as hereinbefore defined, and L is a suitable leaving group, with a compound of Formula (5) ~A
N~
o 2 5 Fomwla (5) wherein A is as defined above for Formula (3).
Examples of suitable bases include but are no~ limited to, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, sodium hydroxide or lithium diisopropylamide. Suitable leaving groups (L) are well known to those skilled in the art, and include halogens, such as bromine or chloride, 3 0 or a tosylate or mesylate moiety.
The reaction is performed in a solvent, preferably THF, DMF, or mixtures thereof. The reaction may optionally be performed in the presence of water in appropriate cases, where for example when using solid potassium hydroxide together with a phase transfer catalyst as the base. The reaction is conveniently performed at ambient or slightly 3 5 elevated temperatures. Preferably an aqueous solution of an acid addition salt of a compound wo 92/10190 Pcr/uS91/09416 -17- 2()98~.77 of the Formula (4) is gradually added to a solution of a compound of the Formula (S) and the base.
The compounds of Formula (A) may be themselves used as intermediates to s produce other compounds of Forrnula (A) and such preparations are well described in Bender et al., U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 07/255,816, filed October 11, 1988; Bender et ak, U.S. Patent Number 4,175,127, issued November 20, 1979; Bender et al., U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 07/106,199 filed on July 10, 1987; Bender et al., U.S. Patent Number 4,803,279, issued February 9, 1989, Bender et al.. U.S. Patent Number 10 4,719,218, issued January 12, 1988; Bender et al., U.S. Patent Number 4,715,310, issued January 14, 1988 the entire disclosures of all of which arc hereby incorporated by reference.
Compounds of Formula (A) wherein Ro or Rl is a mono- or di-subsdtuted phenyl having a Cl 3alkylsulfinyl, or Cl 3 alkenylsulfinyl; or wherein R or Rl is a di-substituted phenyl having at least one Cl 3alkylsulfinyl, or Cl 3alkenyl-sulfinyl; or wherein R
15 or Rl is a mono- or di-substituted phenyl having at least one acyloxyalkylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl or phenyl-sulfinyl S~! ~ituent are prepared by treatment with appropriate oxidative procedures well known to thos illed in the art and additionally can be found in Bender et al., U.S. Patent Applicadon Serial Number 07/2S5,816, filed October 11, 1988;
Bender ~~L. U.S. Patent Number 4,175,127, issued November 20, 1979; Bender et al., 2 0 U.S. Patent Applicadon Serial Number 07/106,199, filed on July 10, 1987; Bender et al., U.S. Patent Number 4,803,279, issued February 9, 1989, Bender ~aL. U.S. Patent Number 4,719,218, issued January 12, 1988; Bender ç~.aL. U.S. Patent Number 4,715,310, issued January 14, 1988; and in Adams et al., US Patent Application Serial Number 07/537,195, filed June 12, 1990, Attorney's Docket Number SB 14506. Preferably 2 5 the oxidadon is by use of potassium persulfate procedure as described in Adams et al., USSN
07/537,195, filed June 12, 1990, Attorney's Docket Number SB 14506, whose disclosure is herein incorporated by reference.
The compounds of Formula (A) arc used as intcrmediatcs to form a 7-hydroxyl 30 or 7 kcto moiety by analogous preparadon to the methods disclosed in Gallagher et al., Tetrahedron Lctters, Vol. 30, No. 48, pp. 6599-6602 (1989) the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference. The 7-OH and 7-keto compounds are then used asintermediates to makc the final compounds`of Fo~mula (I).
3 5 The 7-posidon compounds of Fo~mula (A) containing a 7-hydroxyl or 7-oxo are converted to the protected hydroxyls of Formula (I) or (II) by the schemadc illustrated below. The ketal, and 7-position di-subsubsdtuted compounds are illustrated in the schematic below as well.
., .. , . : .
wo 92/10190 Pcr/US91/09416 20g~ 77 -18-Nl~_ N NaH, DMF; R~ N
~OH [3J~ N~
NaBH4, CH2CI2/MeOH
N~ N~ X(OH)2, mineral or ~_ N
Lewis acld cat. ~ O
3--N1 [3 N X
RsMgX
N~ ,N NaH, DMF; R,oX ~ ~_N~
5 0J~N~>~R OR1o SCHEME I
Compounds 1 and 2 are prepared, as stated above, by the methods outlined in Teorahedron Letters, Gallagher ~1~ . In scheme I above, the conversion of compound 1 to compound 4 can bc accomplished by reaction of compound 1 with an appropriate diol, herein referred to as X(OH)2, using acid catalysts well known to those skilled in the art.
Catalysis is preferably conducted with a Lewis acid, for cxample boron ~ifluoride etherate, a mineral acid such as HC1, p-toluene suphonic acid, or titanium tetrachloride; see Greene,T., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Wiley Publishers, p. 11~128 for addidonal agents.
The diol X(OH)2 is a generic formula for X which preferably contains 2 to 3 carbons in a chain which may additionally aL~cyl substituted, thereby providing for branched diols. Suitable examples would be a 1,2-ethanediol o~ a 1,3-(2-methyl)propandiol moiety.
The conversion of compound 1 to 5 can be accomplished using a variety of organometallic reagenss which are known to undergo nucleophilic additions to the carbonyl WO 92/10190 PCr/US91/09416 ,9 2093177 containing compounds. Examples of such reagents are a suitably substiluted organo-magnesium (grignard reagents), -titanium, or -cerium reagents.
The requisite organometallic reagents are either known or are readily available by adaptation of published procedures. The ether compounds 3 and 6 are prepared from s compound 2 or 5 respectively using a base catalyzed allcylation (known as the Williamson ether synthesis) when Rlo is alkyl or an (hetero)aryl substituted alkyl. Typical alkylation conditions would employ an alkali metal hydridc in a dipolar aprotic solvent or an ethereal solvent which is added to an alkyl halide although other properly activated alkylating agents such as mesylates or tosylates may also suffice. The usc of an alkali metal alkoxide of a 10 sterically hindered alcohol, for example potassium t-butoxidc in t-butanol is also commonly employed. In cascs whcrc Rlo is aryl the use of a mctal catalysis such as cupric oxide, is commonly cmployed to effect the Ullman reaction for the synthesis of aryl ethers.
More particularly the synthesis of compounds 5 and 6 whcrein Rs is a functionalized aryl containing a halo, amino, cyano or carboxy group of Formula (I) and (II) 15 may be prcpared from the corresponding benzostabase protected halo aniline (Bonar-Law et al., Tetrahedron Letters, Vol. 31, p 6721 (1990)), see scheme II below. After forrnadon of the organomettalic (illustrated below by lithiation and addition of CeC13 to form the organoccrium) the addition of compound 1 affords the corresponding carbonyl addidon product 7. This product may thcn be convened to the ether moiety, compound 8, using a 2 0 base initiated alkylation reacion.
Treatmcnt of either compound 7 or 8 with dilute mineral acid or an appropriate source of nucleophilic flouride ion affords thc dcprotected anilincs. These anilines may bc diazodzed unda standard condidons to produce diazonium salts which arc thcn reacted with eithcr halo anions, cyanide or carbon monoxide and the requisite catalyst to afford the halo, 2 5 cyano or carboxy subsdtution products rcspectively. For additional procedural informadon, see March, J., Advanced Organic Chemistrv, 3rd Ed., (1985), pages 646 to 649 (Wi1ey-lnterscience Publishers).
The anilines may also be convertcd to mono- or di-alkyl amines by reaction with an alkyl halide or by acyladon to the amide. Altcrnadvely, whcn the dialkyl arnine is the 30 desired product the preferred route would be to begin with corresponding halo dialkylaniline, forming the organometallic reagent directly without the use of the benzostabasc protecting group. Similarly when compound 6 is an alkoxy substituted aryl, thc aLlcoxy aryl bromide or iodide may bc used to prepare the organometallic reagent which is then added to compound 1.
Thc preparadon of all thc remaining compounds of Fonnula (I) and aI) not 3s described herein can be readily achieved as the techniques are well known and can be caIIied out by one of skill in the art acco~ling to the procedures outlined above or in the Exarnples, infra.
. :
WO 92/10190 Pcr/US9l/09416 2~9~177 -20-Si ~ Li, EtO2 --Si ~ ~ NSBS
Li ~ Br 1.) CeC13 THF
2.) add compound 1 3.) NaHCO3 N~, N NaH, DMF; R10X ~ N~L
OH ~N ~3 (Bu)4N~F, THF
N~NN'~30H N~N'~NH302R1o 1.) diazotize 2.) react with appropriate nucleophile and catalyst i ~ N~
N~NN'~R OH ~R~30R,o R4 = CO2H, Halo, cyano SCHEME II
.. . . . - .
WO 92~10l90 Pcr/us9l/o94l6 -21- 2~9~177 Pharmaceutically acceptable salts and their preparation are well known to those skilled in pharmaceuticals. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of Formula (I) which are useful in the present invention include, but are not lirnited to hydrochloIide, hydrobromide, sulfate or phosphate salts. Preferred pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the 5 compounds of Formula (I) and (II) can be prepared by known techniques such as the method of Bender et al., U.S. Patent 4,175,127, issued November 20, 1979 the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
The compounds of the present invendon may contain one or more asymmetric carbon atoms and may exist in racemic and optically acdve forms. All of these compounds are 10 contemplated to be within the scope of the present invention.
IvlETHOD OF TREAT~ENT
All of the compounds of Formulas (I) are useful in the methods of the subject invention, i.e. methods of treating an OPUFA disease state, specifically by inhibition of the 5-15 LO and CO enzymes, and the compounds of Formula (~) are useful for inhibidng cytokines,specifically the produc~ion of the IL-1 or TNF in an animal, including humans, in need thercof.
The oxidadon of OPUFA's, specifically the arachidonic acid metabolic pathway leading to inflammatory mediators, can be controlled by the 5-LO enzyme, amongst 2 0 others. That the compounds of Formulas (I) are inhibitors of the 5-lipoxygenase pathway is based on the effects of said compounds on the production of 5-lipoxygenase products in blood ç~ vivo and on the 5-lipoxygenase in vitro assays, some of which are described hereinafter. The 5-lipoxygenase pathway inhibitory action of the compounds of Formulas (I) may be confirmed by showing that they impair the producdon of 5-lipoxygenase products 2 5 such as leukotriene B4 producdon by RB~1 cell supernatants.
The pathophysiological role of arachidonic acid metabolites has been the focus of ~ecent intensive studies. In addidon to the well-described phlogisdc acdvity (i.e. general inflammatory acdvity) of prostaglandins, the more recent descripdon of similar acdvity for eicosanoids has broadened the interest in these products as mediators of inflammation. These 30 mediators produce inflammatory condidons such as rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthrids, br~nchial inflarnmadon, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcNative colids, asthma, cardiovascular disorders, glaucoma, emphysema, acute respiratory distress syndrome, lupus, gout, psoriasis, dermadds, pyresis, pain and other allergic oriented disorders such as allergic rhinitis, allergic conjuncdvitis, food allergies, and uticaria.
3 5 Additional condidons such as blood platelet aggregadon, and notably condidons resulting from thrombosis, including total or partial thrombosis, coronary thrombosisS phlebitis and phlebothrombosis are also implicated in the arachidonic acid pathway. Other disease states for which a 5-LO inhibitor would be useful is in the treatment : :
' ~
WO 92/101~0 2 0 9 8 1 7 7 -22- Pcr/US91/09416 of myocardial infarctions, rejection of organ transplan~s, tissue trauma, multiple sclerosis, atherosclerosis, vasculitis, glomerulo-nephritis, and immune complex disease, as wcll as use in the optical areas, particularly for general inflammation of the corneal anterior and posterior segments due to disease or surgery, such as post surgical inflammation or uveitis.
s The compounds of Formula (I) are also useful for treating disease states mediated by the cyclooxygenase pathway metabolism of arachidonic acid in an animal, including humans, in need thereof. That the compounds of Formula (I) are inhibitors of cyclooxygenase products is based upon assays which effect the production of the PGE2 products, and assays with human monocytes, the assays of which are described herein.
The disease states associated with the CO metabolic pathway are typically those considered for the non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs (nsaids), whose primary mode of action is by CO inhibition. The primary diseases of interest, but not limited thereto, are the various arthritic conditions, pyresis and pain.
Interleukin-l (L-l) has been demonstrated to mediate a variety of biological activities thought to be important in immunoregulation and other physiological conditions such as inflammation [See, e.g., Dinarello et al., Rev. Infect. Disease, 6, 51 (1984)]. The myriad of known biological activities of L- 1 include the activadon of T helper cells, inducdon of fever, stimuladon of prostaglandin or collagenase production, neutrophil chemotaxis, induetion of acute phase proteins and the suppression of plasma iron levels.
2 0 The compounds of Formulas tlI) are useful as inhibitors ~f cytokines, speeif~cally L- 1. The inhibitory activity of a eompound of Formula (II) on the produetion of the IL-l tn vitro, on the human monocyte, may be deterrnined as described in an assay herein.
There are many disease states in which excessive or unregulated L- l 2 5 produetion is implieated in exacerbating and/or causing the disease. These inelude rheumatoid arthrids, osteoarthritis, endotoxemia and/or toxic shock syndrome, other aeute or chronie inflammatory disease states such as the inflammatory reaction indueed by endotoxin or inflammatory bowel disease; tubereulosis, atheroselerosis, musele degeneration, eaehexia, psoriatie arthritis, Reiter's syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, gout, traumatie arth~itis, rubella 3 0 arthritis, and aeute synovitis. Reeent evidenee also links L- l aetivity to diabetes and panereatie B eells.
Dinarello, J. Clinieal Immunologv, 5 (5), 287-297 (l985), reviews the biologieal aetivities whieh have been attributed to L-l. It should be noted that some of these effeets have been deseribed by others as indireet effeets of L- 1.
3 5 The diseovery of a eompound whieh speeifically inhibits ~NF production will not only contribute to the understanding of how this molecule is synthesized, processed and secreted, but will also provide a therapeutic approach for diseases in which excessive or unregulated TNF production is implicated.
wo 92~10190 Pcr/ussl/094l6 -23- 2~177 Excessive or unregulated TNF production is implicated in mediating or exacerbadng a number of diseases including rheu oid arthritis, rheumatoid spondylitis, osteoarthrids, gouty arthrids and other arthritic coi. lidons; sepsis, septic shock, endotoxic shock, gram negative sepsis, toxic shock syndrome, adult respiratory distress syndrome, s cerebral malaria, chronic pulmonary inflammatory disease, silicosis, pulmonary sarcoidosis, bone resorption diseases, reperfusion injury, graft vs. host reaction, allograft rejections, fever and myalgias due to infection, such as influenza, cachexia secondary to infection or malignancy, cachexia, secondary to acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS), AIDS, ARC (AIDS related complex), keloid formation, scar tissue formation, Crohn's disease, 10 ulcérative colitis, or pyresis.
AlDS results from the infecdon of T Iymphocytes with Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV). At least three types or strains of HIV have been identified, i.e., HIV- 1, HIV-2 and HIV-3. As a consequence of HIV infection, T-cell mediated immunity is impaired and infected individuals manifest severe opportunistic infections and/or 15 unusual neoplasms. HIV entry into the T Iymphocyte requires T Iymphocyte activation.
Other viruses, such as HIV- 1, HIV-2 infect T Iymphocytes after T Cell activation and such virus protein expression and/or replication is mediated or maintained by such T cell activation.
Once an acdvated T lymphocyte is infected with HIV, the T Iymphocyte must condnue to be maintained in an acdvated state to perrnit HIV gene expression and/or HlV replicadon.
2p Monokines, specifically TNF, are implicated in activated T-cell mediatcd HIV protein expression andlor virus replication by playing a role in maintaining T Iymphocyte activation.
Thercfore, inurference with monokine activity such as by inhibition of monokine production, notably TNF, in an HIV-infected individual aids in limidng the maintenance of T cell activadon, thereby reducing the progression of HIV infecdvity to previously uninfected cells 2 5 which results in a slowing or elimination of the progression of immune dysfuncdon caused by HIV infection. Monocyus, macrophages, and related cells, such as kupffer and glial cells, have also been implicated in maintenance of the HIV infection. These cells, like T-cells, are targets for viral rcplication and the level of viral replication is dependent upon the acdvation state of the cells. [See Rosenberg ~., The Immunopathogenesis of HIV Infection, 30 Advances in Immunology, Vol. 57, (1989)]. Monokincs, such as TNF, have been shown to activate ~IV replication in monocytes and/or macrophages [See Poli, g~L, Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci., 87:782-784 (1990)], therefore, inhibition of monokine production or activity aids in limiting HIV progrcssion as stated above for T-cells. Additional studies have identified TNF-a as a common factor in the activadon of HIV in vitro and has provided a clear mechanism of 3 s action via the nuclear factor ~B, a nuclear regulatory protein found in the cytoplasm of cells (Osborn, et al., PNAS (86) 233~2340). This evidence suggests that a reduction of TNF
synthesis may have an antiviral effect in HIV infections, by reducing the transcription and thus virus production.
WO 92~101gO 2 0 9 ~ 1 7 7 -24- Pcr/ussl/o94l6 TNF has also been irnplicated in various roles with other viral infections, suchas the cytomegalia virus (CMV), influenza virus, adenovirus, and the herpes farnily of viruses, such as Herpes Zoster and Herpes Simplex I and II, for similar reasons as those noted above.
TNF also alters the properties of endothelial cells and has various pro-coagulant activities, such as producing an increase in tissue factor pro-coagulant activity and suppression of the anticoagulant protein C pathway as well as down-regulating the expression of thrombomodulin. TNF also has pro-inflammatory activities which together with its early production (during the initial stage of an inflammatory event) make it a likely mediator of tissue injury in several important disorders including but not limited to, myocardial infarction, stroke and circulatory shock. Of specific importance may be TNF-induced expression of adhesion molecules, such as intercellular adhesion molecule (ICAM) or endothelial leukocyte adhesion molecule (ELAM) on endothelial cells.
TNF is also believed to be an important mediator of many other inflammatory states or diseases. Therefore, inhibitors of TNF producdon would have utility in any inflammatory state or disease in which abnormal levels of TNF are produced. Abnormal levels of TNF constitute levels of l ) free (not cell bound) TNF, greater than or equal to l picogram per ml; 2) any cell associated TNF; or 3) the presence of TNF mRNA above basal levels in cells or tissues in which TNF is produced. In addition, the present invendon 20 attributes many biological disease states noted herein to IL l acdvity. These disease states are also considered appropriate disease states of TNF activity and hencc compounds of Forrnulas (II) are also useful in their treatment as well, and should not be considacd solely a limitation to IL-l activity alone.
It has also been discovered that the compounds of Formulas (Il) are useful for treating disease states mediated by the cytokine TNF in an animal, including mammals, in necd thereof. The hhibitory effect of a compound of Formulas (II) on the production of the TNF in - vitr~, on the human monocyte, may be determined by the assay which is described herein.
PHARMACEIIII~ALCOMPOSITTONS
This invention further relates to the use of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of prophylactically or therapeutically, any disease state in an animal, including humans, which is caused by or exacerbated by OPUFA metabolizing enzymes, such as 5-LO or CO.
3 5 This invention further relates to the use of a compound of Formula (II), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts then~of in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatrnent of prophylactically or therapeutically, any disease state in an animal, including humans, which is exacerbated or caused by excessive or unregulated IL-l, or TNF p~ducdon.
WO 92/10190 2 0 ~ ~17 7 pcr/us9l/o94l6 This invention also relates to a pharrnaceutical composition comprising an effective, non-toxic amount of a compound of Forrnulas (I) or (II) and a pharrnaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. The compounds of Fo~mula (I) and (Il) are administered in conventional dosage forms prepared by combining a compound of Forrnula (I) and (~) with s standard pharmaceutical carriers according to conventional procedures. The compounds of Formula (I) and (II) may also be administered in conventional dosages in combination with a known, second therapeutically active compound. These procedures may involve mixing, granulating and compressing or dissolving the ing~dients as appropriate tO the desired preparadon.
The pharmaceutical carrier employed may be, for example, either a solid or liquid. Exemplary of solid carriers are lactose, terra alba, sucrose, talc, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, stearic acid and the like. Exemplary of liquid carriers are syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, water and the like. Similarly, the carrier or diluent may include time delay material well known to the art, such as glyceryl mono-stearate or glyceryl distearate 15 alone or with a wax.
A wide variety of pharmaceutical forrns can be employed Thus, if a solid carrier is used, the preparadon can be tableted, placed in a hard gelatin capsule in powder or pellet forrn or in the form of a trochc or lozenge. Thc amount of solid carrier will vary widely but prefcrably will be from about 25 mg. to about 1 g. When a liquid ca~ier is used, the 20 pteparadon will be in the fonn of a syrup, emulsion, soft gelatin capsule, stcrile injectable liquid such as an ampule or nonaqueous liquid suspension.
To obtain a stable water soluble dose forrn of an insoluble Formula (I) or (II) compound, a pharmaceudcally acceptable salt of the Formula (I) or (Il) compound is dissolved in an aqueous solution of an organic or inorganic acid, such as a 0.3 M solution of 2 5 succinic acid or citric acid.
All applicable dosage ranges, formulations, applications, i.e. topical, oral, parenteral, etc. apply equally to the compounds of Formulas (I) and (11).
The compounds of Forrnula (I) may be administered topically. Thus, the compounds of Formula (I) may be adrninistered topically in the treatment or prophylaxis of 3 0 inflammation in an animal, including man and other mammals, and may be used in the relief or prophylaxis of 5-lipoxygenase pathway mediated diseases such as rheumatoid arthrids, rheumatoid spondylitis, osteoarthritis, gouty arthritis and other arthritic conditions, inflamed joints, eczema, psoriasis or other inflammatory skin condidons such as sunburn;
inflammatory eye conditions including conjunctivitis; pyresis, pain and other conditions 3 5 associated with inflammation. For those disease states indicated above which arc also mediated by a cytokine the compounds of Formula (II) may be administered topically.
The amount of a compound of Formula (I) or (II), for all methods of use disclosed herein, required for therapeutic effect on topical administration will, of course, vary wo 92/10190 Pcr/Us91/09416 209~177 -26-with the compound chosen, the nature and severi~y of the inflammatory condition, whether eicosanoid or cytoldne mediated, and the animal undergoing treatment, and is ultimately at the discretion of the physician. A suitable, topical, anti-inflammatory dose of an active ingredient, i.e., a compound of Forrnula (I) or (II) is O.l mg to 150 mg, administered one to four, preferably two or three times daily.
By topical administration is meant non-systemic administration and includes the application of a compound of Forrnula (I) or (II) extemally to the epidermis, to the buccal cavity and instillation of such a compound into the ear, eye and nose, and where the compound does not significantly enter the blood stream. By systemic adrninistration is meant oral, intravenous, intraperitoneal and intrarnuscular administration.
While it is possible for an active ingredient to be administered alone as the raw chemical, it is preferable to present it as a pharmaceutical formulation. The active ingredient may comprise, for topical administration, from 0.001% to 10% w/w, e.g. from l % to 2% by weight of the formulation although it may comprise as much as 10% w/w but preferably not in excess of 5% w/w and more preferably from 0.1% to l % w/w of the formulation.
The topical formulations of the present invenion comprise an active ingredient together with one or more acceptable carrier(s) therefor and optionally any other therapeutic ingredient(s). The carria(s) must be 'acceptable' in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formuladon and not deleterious to the recipient thcreof.
2 0 Formulations suitable for topical adrninistration include liquid or semi-liquid preparations suitable for penetration through the skin to the site of inflammation such as liniments, lotions, creams, ointments or pastes, and drops suitable for administration to the eye, ear or nose.
Drops according to the present invention may comprise sterile aqueous or oily 2 5 solutions or suspensions and may be prepared by dissolving the active ingredient in a suitable aqueous solution of a bactericidal andlor fungicidal agent and/or any other suitable preservadve, and preferably including a surface active agent. The resulting solution may then be clarified by filtration, transferred to a suitable container which is then sealed and sterilized by autoclaving or maintaining at 98-lOOC. for half an hour. Alternatively, the solution may 3 0 be sterilized by filtration and transferred to the container by an aseptic technique. Examples of bactericidal and fungicidal agents suitable for inclusion in the drops are phenylmercuric nitrate or acetate (0.002%), benzalkonium chloride (0.0l%) and chlorhexidine acetate (0.01%).
Suitable solvents for the preparadon of an oily solution include glycerol, diluted alcohol and propylene glycol.
3 5 Lotions according to the present invention include those suitable for application to the skin or eye. An eye lotion may compIise a sterile aqueous solution optionally containing a bactericide and may be prepared by methods similar to those for the preparation of drops.
Lotions or liniments for application to the skin may also include an agent to hasten drying and wO 92/lolgo Pcr/usg1/os416 -27- 209~.1 77 to cool the skin, such as an alcohol or acetone, and/or a moisturiær such as glycerol or an oil such as castor oil or arachis oil.
Creams, ointments or pastes according to the present invention are semi-solid formulations of the active ingredient for external application. They may be made by mixing s the active ingredient in finely-divided or powdered forrn, alone or in solution or suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous fluid, with the aid of suitable machinery, with a greasy or non-greasy basis. The basis may comprise hydrocarbons such as hard, soft or liquid paraffin, glycerol, beeswax, a metallic soap; a mucilage; an oil of natural origin such as almond, com, arachis, castor or olive oil; wool fat or its derivatives, or a fatty acid such as steric or oleic acid 10 together with an alcohol such as propylene glycol or macrogels. The formulation may incorporate any suitable surface active agent such as an anionic, cationic or non-ionic surfactant such as sorbitan esters or polyoxyethylene derivatives thereof. Suspending agents such as natural gums, cellulose derivatives or inorganic materials such as silicaceous silicas, and other ingredients such as lanolin, may also be included.
The methods of the subject invenion may be carried out by delivering the monokine activity inteRering a~ent parenterally. The term 'parenteral' as used herein includes intravenous, intramuscular, sub~utaneous intranasal, in~arectal, intravaginal or intraperitoneal adrninistration. The subcutaneous and intramuscular forms of parenteral administration are gcnerally preferred. Appropriate dosage forms for such administration may bc prcparcd by 20 conventional techniques.
For all mcthods of use disclosed hercin, for thc compounds of Formulas (I) and (r[), thc daily oral dosage redmen will preferably bc from about .l to about 80 mg/kilogram of total body weight, prefcrably from about .5 to 30 mglkg, more preferably from about lmg to l5mg. The daily parenteral dosage regimen will preferably be from about 2 5 . l to about 80 mg per ldlogram (kg) of total body weight, preferably from about .5 to about 30 mg/kg, and more preferably from about lmg to lSmgllcg.
The compounds of Formula (I) and (II) may also be administered by inhalation. By "inhalation" is meant intranasal and oral inhalation administration. Appropriate dosage forms for such adrninistration, such as an aerosol formulation or a metered dose 30 inhaler, may be prepared by conventional techniques. The preferred daily dosage amount of a compound of Fonnula (I) administered by inhaladon for all methods discloscd herein, is from about .Ol mg/kg to about 1 mg/kg per day.
It will be recognized by one of skill in the art that the form and character of the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent is dictatcd by the amount of active ingledicnt 5 with which it is to be combined, the route of administration and other well-known variables.
It will also be recogmzed by one of skill in the art that the optimal quantity and spacing of individual dosages of a compound of Formula (I) or (I[), or . pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof will be determined by the nature and extent of the condition being wo 92/10190 Pcr/usg1/os416 2~9817~ -28-treated, the form, route and site of administration, and the particular patient being treated, and that such optimums can be determined by conventional techniques.
It will also be appreciated by one of skill in the art that the optimal course of treatment, i.e., the number of doses of a compound of Forrnula (I) and (II) or the s pharmaceuically acceptable salts thereof given per day for a defined number of days, can be ascertained by those skilled in the art using conventional course of treatment determination tests.
EXAMPLES
Without further elaboration, it is believed that one skilled in the art can, using the preceding description, utilize the present invention to its fullest extent. The following Exarnples are, therefore, to be construed as merely illustrative and not a limitation of the scope of the present invention in any way.
EXAMPLE A
Inhibitory Effect of compounds of Forrnula (I) on m vitro IL- 1 Production by Human Monocytes The effects of compounds of Formula (I) on the ~ vitro production of L- 1 by human monocytes are examined using the following protocol..
Bacterial lipopolysaccharide (L PS) is used to induce IL- 1 producdon by human 2 0 peripheral blood monocytes. IL 1 activity is measured by its ability to stimulate a Interleukin 2 (IL-2) producing cell line (E~4) to secrete IL-2, in concert with A23187 ionophore, according to the method of Simon ~L. I~mmunol. Methods, 84, 85, (1985). Human peripheral blood monocytes is isolated and purified from either fresh blood preparations from volunteer donors, or from blood bank buffy coats, according to the procedure of Colotta et 2 5 al., J. Immunol., 132, 936 (1984). 1 X 106 of such monocytes were plated in 24-well plates at a concentration of 1-2 million/ml per well. The cells were allowed to adhere for 2 hours, after which time non-adherent cells is removed by gentle washing. Test compounds were then added to the cells for 1 hour (hr) before the addition of lipopolysaccharide (50 ng/ml), and the cultures are incubated at 37C for an additional 24 hours. At the end of the incubation 30 period, culture supernatants were removed and clarified of cells and all debris. Culture supernatants were immediatdy assayed for IL- I biological activity in the manner described above, as well as for prostaglandin and/or leukotriene concentrations by radioimmunoassay.
The compound of Example 7 demonstrated an ICso of 0.2911M.
3 5 I~ IILITY EXAMPLE B
In the tests used to detennine activity as 5-lipoxygenase pathway inhibitors, male Balb/c mice (2~28 g), are used. All mice were obtained from Charles River Breeding Laboratories, Kingston, N.Y. Within a single experiment, mice were age matched.
wo 92/ 10190 Pcr/us91 /09416 Reagents were employed as follows 9 8 7 7 Compounds of Formula (I) are used as the free base. The compounds were dissolved in acid saline. Compounds are administered by lavage at the indicated dose in a final volume of 10 mUkg.
For in vitro experiments, compounds are dissolved at appropriate concentrations in ethanol (final concentration 1.0%) and then diluted to final concentrations using the buffers indicated in the text.
Arachidonic Acid-Induced Mouse Ear Inflammation Arachidonic acid in acetone (2 mg/20 ml) is applied to the inner surface of the left ear. The thickness of both ears is then measured with a dial micrometer one hour after treatment, and Ihe data is expressed as the change in thickness (10-3 cm) between treated and untreated ears.
Test compounds are given orally in acid/saline at the times indicated prior to the topical application of arachidonic acid.
Assav of S-Lipoxveenase Activities The S-lipoxygenase (S-LO) is isolued from extracts of RBL-I cells. These cells are obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (#CRL 1378) and are grown at 37 with 5% C2 in spinner culture using Eagles essential medium (MEM) supplemented medium with 10% heat inactivated fetal calf serum. The cells were collccted from culture by centrifugadon at 2,000xg for 20 minutes and then washcd twice with SOmM sodium phosphate (pH 7.0) which contains ImM EDTA and 0.1% geladn. After this wash, the cells wex resuspended in fresh phosphate buffer to achieve a concentration of 5X107 cells/ml.
This suspension is disrupted by nitrogen cavitadon using the Parr bomb at 750psi for 10 2 s minutes. The broken cells are then centrifuged at lO,OOOxg for 20 minutes. The supernatant was collected and centrifuged at 100,000 xg for 60 minutes. This supernatant was collected and stored at -70C until assayed.
The inhibition of 5-1ipoxygcnase activity is measured by one of two assays, the radiotracer extent assay either measured after 90 seconds at 20C or measured according to 3 0 the method of G. K. Hogaboom et al., Molecular Pharmacol. 30, 510-S 19 (1986) or the . continuous 2 consumpdon assay. The results from either assay are comparablc if not identical. Compounds were dissolved in ethanol with the final concentration of ethanol being 1 % in the assay.
The radiotracer extent assay examines the 5-lipoxygenase products ltransLTB4 (DI-HETE),5HETE and SHPETE] produced after a 90 second incubation at 20C. Aliquots (40mL) of the supernatant are preincubated with the inhibitor or vehicle fo~ 10 minutes in 25mM BisTris buffer (pH 7.0) which also contains lmM EDTA, lmM ATP,50mM NaCI, 5% ethylene gylcol and 100 mg/ml of sonicated phosphatidylcholine (total volume 0.238 ml).
wO 92/10190 2 0 9 81 7 7 -30- pcr/us91/o94l6 The 5-lipoxygenase reaction is initiaeed by the addition of CaC12 (2mM) and 1-C14-arachidonic acid (25mM; 100,000dpm))(final volume 0.25ml). After 90 seconds, the reaction is terminated by the addition of two volurnes (0.5ml) of ice chilled acetone. The sample is allowed to deproteinize on ice for 10 minutes prior to centrifuging at 1,000 xg for 10 rninutes.
5 The deproteinized supernatants are dried under argon and then redissolved in 200 mL of e~hanol. These samples are then analyzed by reverse phase HPLC as described by G.K.
Hogaboom et al., Molecular Pharrnacol. 30: 510-519 (1986), herein incorporated by reference. The compound-mediated inhibition of 5-lipoxygenase activity is described as the concentradon of compound causing a 50% inhibidon of product synthesis.
The second assay for assessing inhibition of the 5-lipoxygenase activity is a contdnuous assay which monitors the consumpdon Of 2 as the reacdon progresses. The 5-lipoxygenase enzyme t200mL) is preincubated with the inhibitor or its vehicle in 25mM
BisTris buffer (pH 7.0) which contains lmM EDTA, lmM ATP,5mM NaCI and 5% ethylene glycol for 2 minutes at 20C (total volume 2.99 ml). Arachidonic acid (lOmM) and CaC12 15 (2mM) are added to start the reacdon, and the decxase in 2 concentradon follows with time using a Clark-type electrode and the Yellow Spnng 2 monitor (type 53)(Yellow Springs, OH). The opdmum velocity is calculated from progress curves. The compound mediated inhibidon of 5-lipoxygenase acdvity is described as the concentradon of compound causing a 50% inhibidon of opdmum velocity for the vehicle-treated sample. The compound of2D Example 7 demonstrated a 6ffb inhibition at 20~ml.
LTC-4 / PGE~2 Production from Human Monocvtes in vitro a) Cell Preparadon: Human monocytes are prepared from leukosource packs suppliedby the American Red Cross (Philadelphia,Pa). The leukosouree paeks are &aetionated by a 25 two-step proeedure deseribed by F. Colatta et al., J. Immunol. 132, 936 (1984), herein ineorporated by referenee, that uses sequendal sedimentation on Fieoll followed by sedimentadon on Pereoll. The monocyte fraedon which results from this technique is eomposed of greater than 85% monoeytes (with the remainder being neutrophils andIymphoeytes). The monoeytes (1.5 X 106) are plaeed into polypropylene tubes and used as a 30 suspended eulture. The assay buffer eonsisted of RPMI 1640 buffer, [Moore, G. E. et al., JAMA, !99,519 (1967) herein ineorporated by referenee] 1% human AB serum,2mM
glutamine,100 U/ml Penicillin/Streptomycin,25 mM BPES [4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1-pipaazine-ethanesulfonie aeid], and lmM CaC12.
b) LTC4/PGE2 Producdon: Monocytes (0.9mUtube) were dispensed into 12 X 75 35 mm polypropylene tubes (as a suspended culture). Compounds (100ul of a 10X stock of the compound of inoerest) dissolved in the assay media are added per tube (performed in duplicaoe). The cells are incubaoed for about 45 minutes at about 7C with constant agitation in a humidified incubator. A23187 calcium ionophore t2UM final concentration) used to : . , wo 92/10190 Pcr/ussl/o94l6 -31- 209~1~7 stimulate the cells, is added and the monocytes are incubated an additional 15 minutes.
Supernatants are then collected from each tube, clarified by centrifugation, divided into two aliquots and stored at -70C until assayed.
c) Radio-immunoassay: Supernatants are assayed for LTC4 production and PGE2 by 5 radioimmunassay; which is performed using a New England Nuclear Leukotriene [3Hl-LTC4 and [125Il-PGE2 RIA Kit according to the manufacturer's (New England Nuclear, Boston Massachusetts) instructions. The compound-mediated inhibition of LTC4 is described as the concentration of compound causing a 50% inhibition of LTC4 production.
10rI ILlTY EXAMPLE C
Inhibitory Effect of compounds of Formula (I) on m vitro TNF production by Human Monocytes Section 1: Assav set-up 1 5The effects of compounds of Formula (Il) on the in vitro production of TNF by human monocytes are examined using the following protocol.
Hu nan peripheral blood monocytcs are isolated and purified from either blood bank buffy coats or platcletpheresis residues, according to the procedure of Colotta, R. et al., L
lmmunol., 132(2):936 (1984). The monocytes are plated at a density of 1 X 106 cells/ml 20 medium/well in 24-well multi-dishes. The cells are allowed to adhere for 1 hour after which time the supernatant is aspirated and 1 ml fresh medium (RPMI-1640 (Whitaker Biomedical Products, Whitaker, CA) conta~ning 1 % fetal calf serum and penicillin and streptomycin at 10 units/ml is added. The cells are incubated for 45 minutes in the presence or absence of test compounds at lnM-lOuM dose ranges (compounds were solubilized in Dimethyl-25 sulfoxide/Ethanol such that the final solvent concentration in the culture medium is 0.5%Dimethyl sulfoxide/0.5% Ethanol). Bacterial lipopolysacchande (E. coli 055:B5 tLPS] from Sigma Chemicals Co.) is then added at 100 ng/ml in 10 ml Phosphate Buffered Saline (PBS) and cultures incubated for 1~18 hours at 37C in a 5% C02 incubator. At the end of the incubation period, culture supematants are removed from the cells, centrifuged at 3000 3 0 revoludons per minute (rpm) to remove cell debris and .05 ml of the supernatant is assayed for TNF activity using the radioimmunoassay described below.
Section II: RadioimmunoassaY procedure for TNF activitv The assay buffer consists of O.OlM NaP04, 0.15M NaCI, 0.025M EDTA and 0.1%
3 5 sodium azide at pH 7.4. Human recombinant TNF (rhTNF) obtained using the procedure of Chen et al., Nature, 330:581-583 (1987) is iodinated by a modified Chlor~nine-T method described in Section m below. To samples (50 ~11 culture supernatants) or rhTNF standards, a 1/9000 dilution of polyclonal rabbit anti-rhTNF (Genzyme, Boston, MA) and 8000 cpm of WO 92/10190 2 0 9 817 7 -32- pcr/us91/o94l6 125I-TNF is added in a final volume of 400 lal buffer and incubated overnight (18 hours) a~
4C. Normal rabbit serum and goat and-rabbit IgG (Calbiochem) are titered against each other for maximum precipitation of the anti-rhTNF. The appropriate dilutions of carrier normal rabbi~ serum (1/200), goat and-rabbit IgG (1/4) and 25 Units heparin (Calbiochem) are s allowed to precipitate and 200 ~1 of this complex was added per assay tube and incubated overnight at 4C. Tubes are centrifuged for 30 minutes at 2000 rpm, supematants are carefully aspirated, and radioactivity associated with the pellets is measured in a Beckman Gamma 5500 counter. The logit-log linear transformatdon curve is used for the calculations.
The concentradons of TNF in the samples are read from a standard curve of rhTNF that is 10 linear in the 157 to 20,000 pg/ml range.
Section m Radioiodinadon of rhTNF
lodinadon of rhTNF is performed using a modified chloramine-T method of Frolik et al., J. Biol. Chem., 259:10995-11000 (1984). Briefly, 5 mg of rhTNF in 5 ml of 20MM
15 Tris ph 7.5, is diluted with 15 ml of 0.5M KPO4 and 10 ml of carrier free 125I(100mCUml;ICN). To inidate the reacdon, a 5ml aliquot of a 100mg/ml (aqueous) chloramine-T soludon is added. After 2 minutes at room temperature, an addidonal 5 ml aliquot is added followed 1.5 minutes later by a final 5 ml addition of chloramine-T. The reaction is stopped I minute later by sequendal addition of 20 ml of 50mM Sodium20 Metabisulfite,100 ml of 120mM Potassium Iodide and 200 ml of 1.2 mg/ml Urea. The contents are mixed and the reacdon mixture is passed over a pre-packed Sephadex G-25 column (PD 10 Phatmacia), equilibrated and eluted with Phosphate Buffered Saline pH 7.4 containing 0.25% gelatin. The peak radioactivity containing fractions are pooled and stored at -20C. Specific activity of 125I-TNF is 80-100 mCi/mg protein. Biological activity of 2 5 iodina~ed TNF is measured by the L929 cytotoxicity assay of Neale, M.L. et al., Eur. J. Can.
Clin. Oncol., 25(1):133-137 (1989) and has been found to be 80% that of unlabeled TNF.
Section IV: Measurement of TNF- ELISA:
Levels of TNF are also measured using a modification of the basic sandwich 30 ELISA assay method described in Winston et al., Current Protocols in Molecular Biolo~v.
Page 11.2.1, Ausubel et al., Ed. (1987) John Wiley and Sons, New York, USA The ELISA
employed a murine monoclonal anti-human TNF antibody, described below, as the capture antibody and a polyclonal rabbit anti-human TNF, descTibed below, as the second antibody.
For detection, a peroxidase-conjugated goat anti-rabbit antibody (Boehringer Mannheim, 3 5 Indianopolis, Indiana, USA, Catalog # 605222) is added followed by a substrate for peroxidase ( lmg/ml orthophenylenediamine with 0.1 % urea peroxide). TNF levels in samples are calculated from a standard curve generated with recombinant human TNF
..
wO 92/l0190 PCr/US9l/09416 ~33~ 2093177 produced in E. Coli (obtained from SmithKline Beecham Pharmaceuticals, King of Prussia, PA, USA).
Sec~on V: Production of anti-human TNF antibodies:
Monoclonal antibodies to human TNF are prepared from spleens of BALB/c mice immunized with recombinant human TNF using a modification of the method o~ ;ohler and Millstein, Nature 256:495 (1975), the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference. Polyclonal rabbit anti-human TNF antibodies are prepared by repeated immunization of New Zealand White (NZW) rabbits with recombinant human TNF emulsified in complete Freund's adjuvant (DIFCO, IL., USA).
SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES
EXAMPLE I
5.6-Dihvdro-2-(4 methvlthiophenvl)-3-(4 ~vridinvl)-7H-pvTrolor l .2-alimidazol-7-ol (Intermediate 7-ol compound) a) 5.6-Dihvdro-2-(4-methvlthio~henvl)-3-(4-pvridinvl)-7H-~vr~olo~1.2-al-imidazol-7-ol.
To a soludon of 5,6-dihydro-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-(4-pyridinyl)-7H-pyrrolo[1,2-2 0 a]imidazol-7-ol (0.85 grams (hereinafter g), 2.9 millimoles(hereinafter mmol)) in DMF (10 milliLiters (hereinafter mL)) was added sodium thiomethoxide (0.30 g,4.4 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 120C for 48 h, then allowed to cool. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was partitioned benveen H2O and CH2C12. The organic extract was washed with saturated a~gueous NaCl and dried (MgSO4).
2 5 The solvent was removed in vacuo, and the residue was recrystallizcd t vice from MeOH to provide a light tan solid (0.19 g, 20%). m.p. 229 - 230C
lH Nk~ (CDC13): o 8.59 (d, 2H); 7.40 (d, 2H); 7.19 (2 overlapping d, 4H); 6.18 (br d, lH); 5.27 (m, lH); 4.27 (m, lH); 3.94 (m, lH); 2.90 (m, lH); 2.63 (m, lH); 2.50 (s, 3H).
30 CIMS (NH3); m/e (rel. int.): 324 [(M+H)+, 100], 308 (11).
,~n~l. Calc. for Cl8Hl7N3os: C 66.85, H 5.30, N 12.99, S 9.91; found: C 66.78, H 5.55, N 12.95, S 9.58.
3 5 5.6-Dihvdro-2-(4-fluorophenvl)-3-(4-pvridinvl)-7H-pvrrolorl .2-alimidazol-7-ol (Intermediate 7-ol compound) a) I - l 5.6-Dihvdro-2-(4-fluorophenvl)-3-(4-pvridinvl)-7H-pvrrolor1.2-al-.
~ . .
wo 92/10190 Pcr/ussl/094l6 imidazol-7-vll-1-(4 nitrophenvl)methanol.
To a solution of 5,~dihydro-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-(4-pyridinyl)-7H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]imidazole (15.0 g, 0.054 moles (hereinafter mol)) in CH2C12 (50 mL) at 0C was added methoxyethoxymethyl chlo~ide (30 mL, 0.26 mol). The resulting mixture was allowed to 5 warm to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour (hereinafter h). Ether was added, and the mixture was decanted (3x). The residue was dissolved in EtOH (400 mL), and to this solution were added triethylamine (40 mL, 0.29 mol) and 4-nitrobenzaldehyde (15.0 g, 0.10 mol). The resulting mixture was heated at reflux for 48 h, then allowed to cool and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partiioned between H2O and 10 CH2C12. The organic extract was washed with saturated aqueous NaCI and dried (MgSO4).
The solvent was removed in vacu~, and the residue was triturated with EtOAc. The orange solid which formed was collected by filtration to afford the title compound (8.0 g, 34%) which was used without further purification.
b) 5~6-Dihvdro-2-(4-fluoropheml)-3-(4-pvridinvl)-7H-pvlTolorl.2-alimidazol-7-one.
To a solution of Jones reagent (25 mL) in acetone (250 mL) was added 1-{5,6-dihydro-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-(4-pyridinyl)-7H-pyrrolo[ 1 ,2-a]imidazol-7-yl ) -1 -(4-nitrophenyl)methanol (5.0 g, 12 mmol). Thc rcsulting mixture was stirred at room tcmperature for 30 min, thcn the pH was adjustcd to 7 - 8 with 2.5 N NaOH. Thc solid matcrial was rcmovcd from thc 2 0 acctonc soludon by dccantadon and parddoned betwcen 2.5 N NaOH and 1: 2 CH2C12/
Et20. This mixturc was filtered, and thc layers were scparated. Thc organic cxtract was combined with thc acctone solution and cvaporatcd undcr reduccd prcssurc. Thc rcsiduc was partidoncd bctween 2.5 N NaOH and CH2C12, and the organic cxtract was washed with saturated aqueous NaCI and dried (MgSO4). The solvcnt was removed in vacuo, and the 2 5 residuc was triturated with Et2O to provide the title compound as an orange solid (1.5 g, 43%), which was used without further purification.
c) 5.6-DihYdro-2-(4-fluorophenYI)-3-(4-pvridinYl)-7H-pyrrolo-rl~2-alimidazol-7 To a soludon of 5,~dihydro-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-(4-pyridinyl)-7H-pyrrolo[1,2-30 a]imidazol-7-one (crude product prepared above) in MeOH (15 mL) was added sodium borohydride (1.5 g, 40 mmoi), and the resulting mixture was stirred at room tcmperature foq 15 min. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue waspartitioned between H20 and CH2C12. The organic extract was washcd with saturated aqucous NaCI and dricd (MgSO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo, and the residue was 3 5 triturated sparingly with EtOAc and copiously with Et20. The solid which formed (0.90 g, 26%) was recrystallized from MeOH to afford the title compound as a white solid.lH NMR (DMSO~ 8.58 (d, 2H); 7.45 (dd, 2H); 7.36 (d, 2H); 7.16 (apparent t, 2H);
5.76 (d, lH); 4.99 (m, lH); 4.16 (m, lH); 3.95 (m, lH); 2.82 (m, lH); 2.30 (m, lH).
WO 92/10190 PCI`/US9l/09416 - - 2098~77 CIMS (NH3); m/e (rel. int.): 296 [(M+H)+, 100].
The reaction to form a compound of Formula (3) is in an organic solvent, such as but not limitcd to, THF, dialkylether, dimethylformamide, toluene, aimcthylethylideneurea 10 or tetramethylethylencdiamine or a suitable mixturc thereof. The reaction should be pcrformed within a temperature range of about -80C to about 100C. Prcferably the reaction is cooled initially and the temperature is raised to optimize the reaction time of the process.
The compounds of Formula (3) may be isolated on workup and then cyclized to a compound of the Formula (A) with a suitable base as hereinbefore described. An 15 cxample of such preparation can be found in synthetic Example 3.
Preferably, the compound of the Formula (3) is not isolated, but is forrned in situ and cyclized directly to a compound of the Formula (A) under the basic condltions of the reacdon mixture. An example of such preparation can bc found in synthedc Example 4.
Compounds of Formula (1) are prepared by reacting in the presence of a base a 2 0 compound of Formula (4), or an acid salt thereof:
RlCH2L
Formula (4) wherein R1 is as hereinbefore defined, and L is a suitable leaving group, with a compound of Formula (5) ~A
N~
o 2 5 Fomwla (5) wherein A is as defined above for Formula (3).
Examples of suitable bases include but are no~ limited to, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, sodium hydroxide or lithium diisopropylamide. Suitable leaving groups (L) are well known to those skilled in the art, and include halogens, such as bromine or chloride, 3 0 or a tosylate or mesylate moiety.
The reaction is performed in a solvent, preferably THF, DMF, or mixtures thereof. The reaction may optionally be performed in the presence of water in appropriate cases, where for example when using solid potassium hydroxide together with a phase transfer catalyst as the base. The reaction is conveniently performed at ambient or slightly 3 5 elevated temperatures. Preferably an aqueous solution of an acid addition salt of a compound wo 92/10190 Pcr/uS91/09416 -17- 2()98~.77 of the Formula (4) is gradually added to a solution of a compound of the Formula (S) and the base.
The compounds of Formula (A) may be themselves used as intermediates to s produce other compounds of Forrnula (A) and such preparations are well described in Bender et al., U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 07/255,816, filed October 11, 1988; Bender et ak, U.S. Patent Number 4,175,127, issued November 20, 1979; Bender et al., U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 07/106,199 filed on July 10, 1987; Bender et al., U.S. Patent Number 4,803,279, issued February 9, 1989, Bender et al.. U.S. Patent Number 10 4,719,218, issued January 12, 1988; Bender et al., U.S. Patent Number 4,715,310, issued January 14, 1988 the entire disclosures of all of which arc hereby incorporated by reference.
Compounds of Formula (A) wherein Ro or Rl is a mono- or di-subsdtuted phenyl having a Cl 3alkylsulfinyl, or Cl 3 alkenylsulfinyl; or wherein R or Rl is a di-substituted phenyl having at least one Cl 3alkylsulfinyl, or Cl 3alkenyl-sulfinyl; or wherein R
15 or Rl is a mono- or di-substituted phenyl having at least one acyloxyalkylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl or phenyl-sulfinyl S~! ~ituent are prepared by treatment with appropriate oxidative procedures well known to thos illed in the art and additionally can be found in Bender et al., U.S. Patent Applicadon Serial Number 07/2S5,816, filed October 11, 1988;
Bender ~~L. U.S. Patent Number 4,175,127, issued November 20, 1979; Bender et al., 2 0 U.S. Patent Applicadon Serial Number 07/106,199, filed on July 10, 1987; Bender et al., U.S. Patent Number 4,803,279, issued February 9, 1989, Bender ~aL. U.S. Patent Number 4,719,218, issued January 12, 1988; Bender ç~.aL. U.S. Patent Number 4,715,310, issued January 14, 1988; and in Adams et al., US Patent Application Serial Number 07/537,195, filed June 12, 1990, Attorney's Docket Number SB 14506. Preferably 2 5 the oxidadon is by use of potassium persulfate procedure as described in Adams et al., USSN
07/537,195, filed June 12, 1990, Attorney's Docket Number SB 14506, whose disclosure is herein incorporated by reference.
The compounds of Formula (A) arc used as intcrmediatcs to form a 7-hydroxyl 30 or 7 kcto moiety by analogous preparadon to the methods disclosed in Gallagher et al., Tetrahedron Lctters, Vol. 30, No. 48, pp. 6599-6602 (1989) the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference. The 7-OH and 7-keto compounds are then used asintermediates to makc the final compounds`of Fo~mula (I).
3 5 The 7-posidon compounds of Fo~mula (A) containing a 7-hydroxyl or 7-oxo are converted to the protected hydroxyls of Formula (I) or (II) by the schemadc illustrated below. The ketal, and 7-position di-subsubsdtuted compounds are illustrated in the schematic below as well.
., .. , . : .
wo 92/10190 Pcr/US91/09416 20g~ 77 -18-Nl~_ N NaH, DMF; R~ N
~OH [3J~ N~
NaBH4, CH2CI2/MeOH
N~ N~ X(OH)2, mineral or ~_ N
Lewis acld cat. ~ O
3--N1 [3 N X
RsMgX
N~ ,N NaH, DMF; R,oX ~ ~_N~
5 0J~N~>~R OR1o SCHEME I
Compounds 1 and 2 are prepared, as stated above, by the methods outlined in Teorahedron Letters, Gallagher ~1~ . In scheme I above, the conversion of compound 1 to compound 4 can bc accomplished by reaction of compound 1 with an appropriate diol, herein referred to as X(OH)2, using acid catalysts well known to those skilled in the art.
Catalysis is preferably conducted with a Lewis acid, for cxample boron ~ifluoride etherate, a mineral acid such as HC1, p-toluene suphonic acid, or titanium tetrachloride; see Greene,T., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Wiley Publishers, p. 11~128 for addidonal agents.
The diol X(OH)2 is a generic formula for X which preferably contains 2 to 3 carbons in a chain which may additionally aL~cyl substituted, thereby providing for branched diols. Suitable examples would be a 1,2-ethanediol o~ a 1,3-(2-methyl)propandiol moiety.
The conversion of compound 1 to 5 can be accomplished using a variety of organometallic reagenss which are known to undergo nucleophilic additions to the carbonyl WO 92/10190 PCr/US91/09416 ,9 2093177 containing compounds. Examples of such reagents are a suitably substiluted organo-magnesium (grignard reagents), -titanium, or -cerium reagents.
The requisite organometallic reagents are either known or are readily available by adaptation of published procedures. The ether compounds 3 and 6 are prepared from s compound 2 or 5 respectively using a base catalyzed allcylation (known as the Williamson ether synthesis) when Rlo is alkyl or an (hetero)aryl substituted alkyl. Typical alkylation conditions would employ an alkali metal hydridc in a dipolar aprotic solvent or an ethereal solvent which is added to an alkyl halide although other properly activated alkylating agents such as mesylates or tosylates may also suffice. The usc of an alkali metal alkoxide of a 10 sterically hindered alcohol, for example potassium t-butoxidc in t-butanol is also commonly employed. In cascs whcrc Rlo is aryl the use of a mctal catalysis such as cupric oxide, is commonly cmployed to effect the Ullman reaction for the synthesis of aryl ethers.
More particularly the synthesis of compounds 5 and 6 whcrein Rs is a functionalized aryl containing a halo, amino, cyano or carboxy group of Formula (I) and (II) 15 may be prcpared from the corresponding benzostabase protected halo aniline (Bonar-Law et al., Tetrahedron Letters, Vol. 31, p 6721 (1990)), see scheme II below. After forrnadon of the organomettalic (illustrated below by lithiation and addition of CeC13 to form the organoccrium) the addition of compound 1 affords the corresponding carbonyl addidon product 7. This product may thcn be convened to the ether moiety, compound 8, using a 2 0 base initiated alkylation reacion.
Treatmcnt of either compound 7 or 8 with dilute mineral acid or an appropriate source of nucleophilic flouride ion affords thc dcprotected anilincs. These anilines may bc diazodzed unda standard condidons to produce diazonium salts which arc thcn reacted with eithcr halo anions, cyanide or carbon monoxide and the requisite catalyst to afford the halo, 2 5 cyano or carboxy subsdtution products rcspectively. For additional procedural informadon, see March, J., Advanced Organic Chemistrv, 3rd Ed., (1985), pages 646 to 649 (Wi1ey-lnterscience Publishers).
The anilines may also be convertcd to mono- or di-alkyl amines by reaction with an alkyl halide or by acyladon to the amide. Altcrnadvely, whcn the dialkyl arnine is the 30 desired product the preferred route would be to begin with corresponding halo dialkylaniline, forming the organometallic reagent directly without the use of the benzostabasc protecting group. Similarly when compound 6 is an alkoxy substituted aryl, thc aLlcoxy aryl bromide or iodide may bc used to prepare the organometallic reagent which is then added to compound 1.
Thc preparadon of all thc remaining compounds of Fonnula (I) and aI) not 3s described herein can be readily achieved as the techniques are well known and can be caIIied out by one of skill in the art acco~ling to the procedures outlined above or in the Exarnples, infra.
. :
WO 92/10190 Pcr/US9l/09416 2~9~177 -20-Si ~ Li, EtO2 --Si ~ ~ NSBS
Li ~ Br 1.) CeC13 THF
2.) add compound 1 3.) NaHCO3 N~, N NaH, DMF; R10X ~ N~L
OH ~N ~3 (Bu)4N~F, THF
N~NN'~30H N~N'~NH302R1o 1.) diazotize 2.) react with appropriate nucleophile and catalyst i ~ N~
N~NN'~R OH ~R~30R,o R4 = CO2H, Halo, cyano SCHEME II
.. . . . - .
WO 92~10l90 Pcr/us9l/o94l6 -21- 2~9~177 Pharmaceutically acceptable salts and their preparation are well known to those skilled in pharmaceuticals. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of Formula (I) which are useful in the present invention include, but are not lirnited to hydrochloIide, hydrobromide, sulfate or phosphate salts. Preferred pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the 5 compounds of Formula (I) and (II) can be prepared by known techniques such as the method of Bender et al., U.S. Patent 4,175,127, issued November 20, 1979 the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
The compounds of the present invendon may contain one or more asymmetric carbon atoms and may exist in racemic and optically acdve forms. All of these compounds are 10 contemplated to be within the scope of the present invention.
IvlETHOD OF TREAT~ENT
All of the compounds of Formulas (I) are useful in the methods of the subject invention, i.e. methods of treating an OPUFA disease state, specifically by inhibition of the 5-15 LO and CO enzymes, and the compounds of Formula (~) are useful for inhibidng cytokines,specifically the produc~ion of the IL-1 or TNF in an animal, including humans, in need thercof.
The oxidadon of OPUFA's, specifically the arachidonic acid metabolic pathway leading to inflammatory mediators, can be controlled by the 5-LO enzyme, amongst 2 0 others. That the compounds of Formulas (I) are inhibitors of the 5-lipoxygenase pathway is based on the effects of said compounds on the production of 5-lipoxygenase products in blood ç~ vivo and on the 5-lipoxygenase in vitro assays, some of which are described hereinafter. The 5-lipoxygenase pathway inhibitory action of the compounds of Formulas (I) may be confirmed by showing that they impair the producdon of 5-lipoxygenase products 2 5 such as leukotriene B4 producdon by RB~1 cell supernatants.
The pathophysiological role of arachidonic acid metabolites has been the focus of ~ecent intensive studies. In addidon to the well-described phlogisdc acdvity (i.e. general inflammatory acdvity) of prostaglandins, the more recent descripdon of similar acdvity for eicosanoids has broadened the interest in these products as mediators of inflammation. These 30 mediators produce inflammatory condidons such as rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthrids, br~nchial inflarnmadon, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcNative colids, asthma, cardiovascular disorders, glaucoma, emphysema, acute respiratory distress syndrome, lupus, gout, psoriasis, dermadds, pyresis, pain and other allergic oriented disorders such as allergic rhinitis, allergic conjuncdvitis, food allergies, and uticaria.
3 5 Additional condidons such as blood platelet aggregadon, and notably condidons resulting from thrombosis, including total or partial thrombosis, coronary thrombosisS phlebitis and phlebothrombosis are also implicated in the arachidonic acid pathway. Other disease states for which a 5-LO inhibitor would be useful is in the treatment : :
' ~
WO 92/101~0 2 0 9 8 1 7 7 -22- Pcr/US91/09416 of myocardial infarctions, rejection of organ transplan~s, tissue trauma, multiple sclerosis, atherosclerosis, vasculitis, glomerulo-nephritis, and immune complex disease, as wcll as use in the optical areas, particularly for general inflammation of the corneal anterior and posterior segments due to disease or surgery, such as post surgical inflammation or uveitis.
s The compounds of Formula (I) are also useful for treating disease states mediated by the cyclooxygenase pathway metabolism of arachidonic acid in an animal, including humans, in need thereof. That the compounds of Formula (I) are inhibitors of cyclooxygenase products is based upon assays which effect the production of the PGE2 products, and assays with human monocytes, the assays of which are described herein.
The disease states associated with the CO metabolic pathway are typically those considered for the non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs (nsaids), whose primary mode of action is by CO inhibition. The primary diseases of interest, but not limited thereto, are the various arthritic conditions, pyresis and pain.
Interleukin-l (L-l) has been demonstrated to mediate a variety of biological activities thought to be important in immunoregulation and other physiological conditions such as inflammation [See, e.g., Dinarello et al., Rev. Infect. Disease, 6, 51 (1984)]. The myriad of known biological activities of L- 1 include the activadon of T helper cells, inducdon of fever, stimuladon of prostaglandin or collagenase production, neutrophil chemotaxis, induetion of acute phase proteins and the suppression of plasma iron levels.
2 0 The compounds of Formulas tlI) are useful as inhibitors ~f cytokines, speeif~cally L- 1. The inhibitory activity of a eompound of Formula (II) on the produetion of the IL-l tn vitro, on the human monocyte, may be deterrnined as described in an assay herein.
There are many disease states in which excessive or unregulated L- l 2 5 produetion is implieated in exacerbating and/or causing the disease. These inelude rheumatoid arthrids, osteoarthritis, endotoxemia and/or toxic shock syndrome, other aeute or chronie inflammatory disease states such as the inflammatory reaction indueed by endotoxin or inflammatory bowel disease; tubereulosis, atheroselerosis, musele degeneration, eaehexia, psoriatie arthritis, Reiter's syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, gout, traumatie arth~itis, rubella 3 0 arthritis, and aeute synovitis. Reeent evidenee also links L- l aetivity to diabetes and panereatie B eells.
Dinarello, J. Clinieal Immunologv, 5 (5), 287-297 (l985), reviews the biologieal aetivities whieh have been attributed to L-l. It should be noted that some of these effeets have been deseribed by others as indireet effeets of L- 1.
3 5 The diseovery of a eompound whieh speeifically inhibits ~NF production will not only contribute to the understanding of how this molecule is synthesized, processed and secreted, but will also provide a therapeutic approach for diseases in which excessive or unregulated TNF production is implicated.
wo 92~10190 Pcr/ussl/094l6 -23- 2~177 Excessive or unregulated TNF production is implicated in mediating or exacerbadng a number of diseases including rheu oid arthritis, rheumatoid spondylitis, osteoarthrids, gouty arthrids and other arthritic coi. lidons; sepsis, septic shock, endotoxic shock, gram negative sepsis, toxic shock syndrome, adult respiratory distress syndrome, s cerebral malaria, chronic pulmonary inflammatory disease, silicosis, pulmonary sarcoidosis, bone resorption diseases, reperfusion injury, graft vs. host reaction, allograft rejections, fever and myalgias due to infection, such as influenza, cachexia secondary to infection or malignancy, cachexia, secondary to acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS), AIDS, ARC (AIDS related complex), keloid formation, scar tissue formation, Crohn's disease, 10 ulcérative colitis, or pyresis.
AlDS results from the infecdon of T Iymphocytes with Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV). At least three types or strains of HIV have been identified, i.e., HIV- 1, HIV-2 and HIV-3. As a consequence of HIV infection, T-cell mediated immunity is impaired and infected individuals manifest severe opportunistic infections and/or 15 unusual neoplasms. HIV entry into the T Iymphocyte requires T Iymphocyte activation.
Other viruses, such as HIV- 1, HIV-2 infect T Iymphocytes after T Cell activation and such virus protein expression and/or replication is mediated or maintained by such T cell activation.
Once an acdvated T lymphocyte is infected with HIV, the T Iymphocyte must condnue to be maintained in an acdvated state to perrnit HIV gene expression and/or HlV replicadon.
2p Monokines, specifically TNF, are implicated in activated T-cell mediatcd HIV protein expression andlor virus replication by playing a role in maintaining T Iymphocyte activation.
Thercfore, inurference with monokine activity such as by inhibition of monokine production, notably TNF, in an HIV-infected individual aids in limidng the maintenance of T cell activadon, thereby reducing the progression of HIV infecdvity to previously uninfected cells 2 5 which results in a slowing or elimination of the progression of immune dysfuncdon caused by HIV infection. Monocyus, macrophages, and related cells, such as kupffer and glial cells, have also been implicated in maintenance of the HIV infection. These cells, like T-cells, are targets for viral rcplication and the level of viral replication is dependent upon the acdvation state of the cells. [See Rosenberg ~., The Immunopathogenesis of HIV Infection, 30 Advances in Immunology, Vol. 57, (1989)]. Monokincs, such as TNF, have been shown to activate ~IV replication in monocytes and/or macrophages [See Poli, g~L, Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci., 87:782-784 (1990)], therefore, inhibition of monokine production or activity aids in limiting HIV progrcssion as stated above for T-cells. Additional studies have identified TNF-a as a common factor in the activadon of HIV in vitro and has provided a clear mechanism of 3 s action via the nuclear factor ~B, a nuclear regulatory protein found in the cytoplasm of cells (Osborn, et al., PNAS (86) 233~2340). This evidence suggests that a reduction of TNF
synthesis may have an antiviral effect in HIV infections, by reducing the transcription and thus virus production.
WO 92~101gO 2 0 9 ~ 1 7 7 -24- Pcr/ussl/o94l6 TNF has also been irnplicated in various roles with other viral infections, suchas the cytomegalia virus (CMV), influenza virus, adenovirus, and the herpes farnily of viruses, such as Herpes Zoster and Herpes Simplex I and II, for similar reasons as those noted above.
TNF also alters the properties of endothelial cells and has various pro-coagulant activities, such as producing an increase in tissue factor pro-coagulant activity and suppression of the anticoagulant protein C pathway as well as down-regulating the expression of thrombomodulin. TNF also has pro-inflammatory activities which together with its early production (during the initial stage of an inflammatory event) make it a likely mediator of tissue injury in several important disorders including but not limited to, myocardial infarction, stroke and circulatory shock. Of specific importance may be TNF-induced expression of adhesion molecules, such as intercellular adhesion molecule (ICAM) or endothelial leukocyte adhesion molecule (ELAM) on endothelial cells.
TNF is also believed to be an important mediator of many other inflammatory states or diseases. Therefore, inhibitors of TNF producdon would have utility in any inflammatory state or disease in which abnormal levels of TNF are produced. Abnormal levels of TNF constitute levels of l ) free (not cell bound) TNF, greater than or equal to l picogram per ml; 2) any cell associated TNF; or 3) the presence of TNF mRNA above basal levels in cells or tissues in which TNF is produced. In addition, the present invendon 20 attributes many biological disease states noted herein to IL l acdvity. These disease states are also considered appropriate disease states of TNF activity and hencc compounds of Forrnulas (II) are also useful in their treatment as well, and should not be considacd solely a limitation to IL-l activity alone.
It has also been discovered that the compounds of Formulas (Il) are useful for treating disease states mediated by the cytokine TNF in an animal, including mammals, in necd thereof. The hhibitory effect of a compound of Formulas (II) on the production of the TNF in - vitr~, on the human monocyte, may be determined by the assay which is described herein.
PHARMACEIIII~ALCOMPOSITTONS
This invention further relates to the use of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of prophylactically or therapeutically, any disease state in an animal, including humans, which is caused by or exacerbated by OPUFA metabolizing enzymes, such as 5-LO or CO.
3 5 This invention further relates to the use of a compound of Formula (II), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts then~of in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatrnent of prophylactically or therapeutically, any disease state in an animal, including humans, which is exacerbated or caused by excessive or unregulated IL-l, or TNF p~ducdon.
WO 92/10190 2 0 ~ ~17 7 pcr/us9l/o94l6 This invention also relates to a pharrnaceutical composition comprising an effective, non-toxic amount of a compound of Forrnulas (I) or (II) and a pharrnaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. The compounds of Fo~mula (I) and (Il) are administered in conventional dosage forms prepared by combining a compound of Forrnula (I) and (~) with s standard pharmaceutical carriers according to conventional procedures. The compounds of Formula (I) and (II) may also be administered in conventional dosages in combination with a known, second therapeutically active compound. These procedures may involve mixing, granulating and compressing or dissolving the ing~dients as appropriate tO the desired preparadon.
The pharmaceutical carrier employed may be, for example, either a solid or liquid. Exemplary of solid carriers are lactose, terra alba, sucrose, talc, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, magnesium stearate, stearic acid and the like. Exemplary of liquid carriers are syrup, peanut oil, olive oil, water and the like. Similarly, the carrier or diluent may include time delay material well known to the art, such as glyceryl mono-stearate or glyceryl distearate 15 alone or with a wax.
A wide variety of pharmaceutical forrns can be employed Thus, if a solid carrier is used, the preparadon can be tableted, placed in a hard gelatin capsule in powder or pellet forrn or in the form of a trochc or lozenge. Thc amount of solid carrier will vary widely but prefcrably will be from about 25 mg. to about 1 g. When a liquid ca~ier is used, the 20 pteparadon will be in the fonn of a syrup, emulsion, soft gelatin capsule, stcrile injectable liquid such as an ampule or nonaqueous liquid suspension.
To obtain a stable water soluble dose forrn of an insoluble Formula (I) or (II) compound, a pharmaceudcally acceptable salt of the Formula (I) or (Il) compound is dissolved in an aqueous solution of an organic or inorganic acid, such as a 0.3 M solution of 2 5 succinic acid or citric acid.
All applicable dosage ranges, formulations, applications, i.e. topical, oral, parenteral, etc. apply equally to the compounds of Formulas (I) and (11).
The compounds of Forrnula (I) may be administered topically. Thus, the compounds of Formula (I) may be adrninistered topically in the treatment or prophylaxis of 3 0 inflammation in an animal, including man and other mammals, and may be used in the relief or prophylaxis of 5-lipoxygenase pathway mediated diseases such as rheumatoid arthrids, rheumatoid spondylitis, osteoarthritis, gouty arthritis and other arthritic conditions, inflamed joints, eczema, psoriasis or other inflammatory skin condidons such as sunburn;
inflammatory eye conditions including conjunctivitis; pyresis, pain and other conditions 3 5 associated with inflammation. For those disease states indicated above which arc also mediated by a cytokine the compounds of Formula (II) may be administered topically.
The amount of a compound of Formula (I) or (II), for all methods of use disclosed herein, required for therapeutic effect on topical administration will, of course, vary wo 92/10190 Pcr/Us91/09416 209~177 -26-with the compound chosen, the nature and severi~y of the inflammatory condition, whether eicosanoid or cytoldne mediated, and the animal undergoing treatment, and is ultimately at the discretion of the physician. A suitable, topical, anti-inflammatory dose of an active ingredient, i.e., a compound of Forrnula (I) or (II) is O.l mg to 150 mg, administered one to four, preferably two or three times daily.
By topical administration is meant non-systemic administration and includes the application of a compound of Forrnula (I) or (II) extemally to the epidermis, to the buccal cavity and instillation of such a compound into the ear, eye and nose, and where the compound does not significantly enter the blood stream. By systemic adrninistration is meant oral, intravenous, intraperitoneal and intrarnuscular administration.
While it is possible for an active ingredient to be administered alone as the raw chemical, it is preferable to present it as a pharmaceutical formulation. The active ingredient may comprise, for topical administration, from 0.001% to 10% w/w, e.g. from l % to 2% by weight of the formulation although it may comprise as much as 10% w/w but preferably not in excess of 5% w/w and more preferably from 0.1% to l % w/w of the formulation.
The topical formulations of the present invenion comprise an active ingredient together with one or more acceptable carrier(s) therefor and optionally any other therapeutic ingredient(s). The carria(s) must be 'acceptable' in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formuladon and not deleterious to the recipient thcreof.
2 0 Formulations suitable for topical adrninistration include liquid or semi-liquid preparations suitable for penetration through the skin to the site of inflammation such as liniments, lotions, creams, ointments or pastes, and drops suitable for administration to the eye, ear or nose.
Drops according to the present invention may comprise sterile aqueous or oily 2 5 solutions or suspensions and may be prepared by dissolving the active ingredient in a suitable aqueous solution of a bactericidal andlor fungicidal agent and/or any other suitable preservadve, and preferably including a surface active agent. The resulting solution may then be clarified by filtration, transferred to a suitable container which is then sealed and sterilized by autoclaving or maintaining at 98-lOOC. for half an hour. Alternatively, the solution may 3 0 be sterilized by filtration and transferred to the container by an aseptic technique. Examples of bactericidal and fungicidal agents suitable for inclusion in the drops are phenylmercuric nitrate or acetate (0.002%), benzalkonium chloride (0.0l%) and chlorhexidine acetate (0.01%).
Suitable solvents for the preparadon of an oily solution include glycerol, diluted alcohol and propylene glycol.
3 5 Lotions according to the present invention include those suitable for application to the skin or eye. An eye lotion may compIise a sterile aqueous solution optionally containing a bactericide and may be prepared by methods similar to those for the preparation of drops.
Lotions or liniments for application to the skin may also include an agent to hasten drying and wO 92/lolgo Pcr/usg1/os416 -27- 209~.1 77 to cool the skin, such as an alcohol or acetone, and/or a moisturiær such as glycerol or an oil such as castor oil or arachis oil.
Creams, ointments or pastes according to the present invention are semi-solid formulations of the active ingredient for external application. They may be made by mixing s the active ingredient in finely-divided or powdered forrn, alone or in solution or suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous fluid, with the aid of suitable machinery, with a greasy or non-greasy basis. The basis may comprise hydrocarbons such as hard, soft or liquid paraffin, glycerol, beeswax, a metallic soap; a mucilage; an oil of natural origin such as almond, com, arachis, castor or olive oil; wool fat or its derivatives, or a fatty acid such as steric or oleic acid 10 together with an alcohol such as propylene glycol or macrogels. The formulation may incorporate any suitable surface active agent such as an anionic, cationic or non-ionic surfactant such as sorbitan esters or polyoxyethylene derivatives thereof. Suspending agents such as natural gums, cellulose derivatives or inorganic materials such as silicaceous silicas, and other ingredients such as lanolin, may also be included.
The methods of the subject invenion may be carried out by delivering the monokine activity inteRering a~ent parenterally. The term 'parenteral' as used herein includes intravenous, intramuscular, sub~utaneous intranasal, in~arectal, intravaginal or intraperitoneal adrninistration. The subcutaneous and intramuscular forms of parenteral administration are gcnerally preferred. Appropriate dosage forms for such administration may bc prcparcd by 20 conventional techniques.
For all mcthods of use disclosed hercin, for thc compounds of Formulas (I) and (r[), thc daily oral dosage redmen will preferably bc from about .l to about 80 mg/kilogram of total body weight, prefcrably from about .5 to 30 mglkg, more preferably from about lmg to l5mg. The daily parenteral dosage regimen will preferably be from about 2 5 . l to about 80 mg per ldlogram (kg) of total body weight, preferably from about .5 to about 30 mg/kg, and more preferably from about lmg to lSmgllcg.
The compounds of Formula (I) and (II) may also be administered by inhalation. By "inhalation" is meant intranasal and oral inhalation administration. Appropriate dosage forms for such adrninistration, such as an aerosol formulation or a metered dose 30 inhaler, may be prepared by conventional techniques. The preferred daily dosage amount of a compound of Fonnula (I) administered by inhaladon for all methods discloscd herein, is from about .Ol mg/kg to about 1 mg/kg per day.
It will be recognized by one of skill in the art that the form and character of the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent is dictatcd by the amount of active ingledicnt 5 with which it is to be combined, the route of administration and other well-known variables.
It will also be recogmzed by one of skill in the art that the optimal quantity and spacing of individual dosages of a compound of Formula (I) or (I[), or . pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof will be determined by the nature and extent of the condition being wo 92/10190 Pcr/usg1/os416 2~9817~ -28-treated, the form, route and site of administration, and the particular patient being treated, and that such optimums can be determined by conventional techniques.
It will also be appreciated by one of skill in the art that the optimal course of treatment, i.e., the number of doses of a compound of Forrnula (I) and (II) or the s pharmaceuically acceptable salts thereof given per day for a defined number of days, can be ascertained by those skilled in the art using conventional course of treatment determination tests.
EXAMPLES
Without further elaboration, it is believed that one skilled in the art can, using the preceding description, utilize the present invention to its fullest extent. The following Exarnples are, therefore, to be construed as merely illustrative and not a limitation of the scope of the present invention in any way.
EXAMPLE A
Inhibitory Effect of compounds of Forrnula (I) on m vitro IL- 1 Production by Human Monocytes The effects of compounds of Formula (I) on the ~ vitro production of L- 1 by human monocytes are examined using the following protocol..
Bacterial lipopolysaccharide (L PS) is used to induce IL- 1 producdon by human 2 0 peripheral blood monocytes. IL 1 activity is measured by its ability to stimulate a Interleukin 2 (IL-2) producing cell line (E~4) to secrete IL-2, in concert with A23187 ionophore, according to the method of Simon ~L. I~mmunol. Methods, 84, 85, (1985). Human peripheral blood monocytes is isolated and purified from either fresh blood preparations from volunteer donors, or from blood bank buffy coats, according to the procedure of Colotta et 2 5 al., J. Immunol., 132, 936 (1984). 1 X 106 of such monocytes were plated in 24-well plates at a concentration of 1-2 million/ml per well. The cells were allowed to adhere for 2 hours, after which time non-adherent cells is removed by gentle washing. Test compounds were then added to the cells for 1 hour (hr) before the addition of lipopolysaccharide (50 ng/ml), and the cultures are incubated at 37C for an additional 24 hours. At the end of the incubation 30 period, culture supernatants were removed and clarified of cells and all debris. Culture supernatants were immediatdy assayed for IL- I biological activity in the manner described above, as well as for prostaglandin and/or leukotriene concentrations by radioimmunoassay.
The compound of Example 7 demonstrated an ICso of 0.2911M.
3 5 I~ IILITY EXAMPLE B
In the tests used to detennine activity as 5-lipoxygenase pathway inhibitors, male Balb/c mice (2~28 g), are used. All mice were obtained from Charles River Breeding Laboratories, Kingston, N.Y. Within a single experiment, mice were age matched.
wo 92/ 10190 Pcr/us91 /09416 Reagents were employed as follows 9 8 7 7 Compounds of Formula (I) are used as the free base. The compounds were dissolved in acid saline. Compounds are administered by lavage at the indicated dose in a final volume of 10 mUkg.
For in vitro experiments, compounds are dissolved at appropriate concentrations in ethanol (final concentration 1.0%) and then diluted to final concentrations using the buffers indicated in the text.
Arachidonic Acid-Induced Mouse Ear Inflammation Arachidonic acid in acetone (2 mg/20 ml) is applied to the inner surface of the left ear. The thickness of both ears is then measured with a dial micrometer one hour after treatment, and Ihe data is expressed as the change in thickness (10-3 cm) between treated and untreated ears.
Test compounds are given orally in acid/saline at the times indicated prior to the topical application of arachidonic acid.
Assav of S-Lipoxveenase Activities The S-lipoxygenase (S-LO) is isolued from extracts of RBL-I cells. These cells are obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (#CRL 1378) and are grown at 37 with 5% C2 in spinner culture using Eagles essential medium (MEM) supplemented medium with 10% heat inactivated fetal calf serum. The cells were collccted from culture by centrifugadon at 2,000xg for 20 minutes and then washcd twice with SOmM sodium phosphate (pH 7.0) which contains ImM EDTA and 0.1% geladn. After this wash, the cells wex resuspended in fresh phosphate buffer to achieve a concentration of 5X107 cells/ml.
This suspension is disrupted by nitrogen cavitadon using the Parr bomb at 750psi for 10 2 s minutes. The broken cells are then centrifuged at lO,OOOxg for 20 minutes. The supernatant was collected and centrifuged at 100,000 xg for 60 minutes. This supernatant was collected and stored at -70C until assayed.
The inhibition of 5-1ipoxygcnase activity is measured by one of two assays, the radiotracer extent assay either measured after 90 seconds at 20C or measured according to 3 0 the method of G. K. Hogaboom et al., Molecular Pharmacol. 30, 510-S 19 (1986) or the . continuous 2 consumpdon assay. The results from either assay are comparablc if not identical. Compounds were dissolved in ethanol with the final concentration of ethanol being 1 % in the assay.
The radiotracer extent assay examines the 5-lipoxygenase products ltransLTB4 (DI-HETE),5HETE and SHPETE] produced after a 90 second incubation at 20C. Aliquots (40mL) of the supernatant are preincubated with the inhibitor or vehicle fo~ 10 minutes in 25mM BisTris buffer (pH 7.0) which also contains lmM EDTA, lmM ATP,50mM NaCI, 5% ethylene gylcol and 100 mg/ml of sonicated phosphatidylcholine (total volume 0.238 ml).
wO 92/10190 2 0 9 81 7 7 -30- pcr/us91/o94l6 The 5-lipoxygenase reaction is initiaeed by the addition of CaC12 (2mM) and 1-C14-arachidonic acid (25mM; 100,000dpm))(final volume 0.25ml). After 90 seconds, the reaction is terminated by the addition of two volurnes (0.5ml) of ice chilled acetone. The sample is allowed to deproteinize on ice for 10 minutes prior to centrifuging at 1,000 xg for 10 rninutes.
5 The deproteinized supernatants are dried under argon and then redissolved in 200 mL of e~hanol. These samples are then analyzed by reverse phase HPLC as described by G.K.
Hogaboom et al., Molecular Pharrnacol. 30: 510-519 (1986), herein incorporated by reference. The compound-mediated inhibition of 5-lipoxygenase activity is described as the concentradon of compound causing a 50% inhibidon of product synthesis.
The second assay for assessing inhibition of the 5-lipoxygenase activity is a contdnuous assay which monitors the consumpdon Of 2 as the reacdon progresses. The 5-lipoxygenase enzyme t200mL) is preincubated with the inhibitor or its vehicle in 25mM
BisTris buffer (pH 7.0) which contains lmM EDTA, lmM ATP,5mM NaCI and 5% ethylene glycol for 2 minutes at 20C (total volume 2.99 ml). Arachidonic acid (lOmM) and CaC12 15 (2mM) are added to start the reacdon, and the decxase in 2 concentradon follows with time using a Clark-type electrode and the Yellow Spnng 2 monitor (type 53)(Yellow Springs, OH). The opdmum velocity is calculated from progress curves. The compound mediated inhibidon of 5-lipoxygenase acdvity is described as the concentradon of compound causing a 50% inhibidon of opdmum velocity for the vehicle-treated sample. The compound of2D Example 7 demonstrated a 6ffb inhibition at 20~ml.
LTC-4 / PGE~2 Production from Human Monocvtes in vitro a) Cell Preparadon: Human monocytes are prepared from leukosource packs suppliedby the American Red Cross (Philadelphia,Pa). The leukosouree paeks are &aetionated by a 25 two-step proeedure deseribed by F. Colatta et al., J. Immunol. 132, 936 (1984), herein ineorporated by referenee, that uses sequendal sedimentation on Fieoll followed by sedimentadon on Pereoll. The monocyte fraedon which results from this technique is eomposed of greater than 85% monoeytes (with the remainder being neutrophils andIymphoeytes). The monoeytes (1.5 X 106) are plaeed into polypropylene tubes and used as a 30 suspended eulture. The assay buffer eonsisted of RPMI 1640 buffer, [Moore, G. E. et al., JAMA, !99,519 (1967) herein ineorporated by referenee] 1% human AB serum,2mM
glutamine,100 U/ml Penicillin/Streptomycin,25 mM BPES [4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1-pipaazine-ethanesulfonie aeid], and lmM CaC12.
b) LTC4/PGE2 Producdon: Monocytes (0.9mUtube) were dispensed into 12 X 75 35 mm polypropylene tubes (as a suspended culture). Compounds (100ul of a 10X stock of the compound of inoerest) dissolved in the assay media are added per tube (performed in duplicaoe). The cells are incubaoed for about 45 minutes at about 7C with constant agitation in a humidified incubator. A23187 calcium ionophore t2UM final concentration) used to : . , wo 92/10190 Pcr/ussl/o94l6 -31- 209~1~7 stimulate the cells, is added and the monocytes are incubated an additional 15 minutes.
Supernatants are then collected from each tube, clarified by centrifugation, divided into two aliquots and stored at -70C until assayed.
c) Radio-immunoassay: Supernatants are assayed for LTC4 production and PGE2 by 5 radioimmunassay; which is performed using a New England Nuclear Leukotriene [3Hl-LTC4 and [125Il-PGE2 RIA Kit according to the manufacturer's (New England Nuclear, Boston Massachusetts) instructions. The compound-mediated inhibition of LTC4 is described as the concentration of compound causing a 50% inhibition of LTC4 production.
10rI ILlTY EXAMPLE C
Inhibitory Effect of compounds of Formula (I) on m vitro TNF production by Human Monocytes Section 1: Assav set-up 1 5The effects of compounds of Formula (Il) on the in vitro production of TNF by human monocytes are examined using the following protocol.
Hu nan peripheral blood monocytcs are isolated and purified from either blood bank buffy coats or platcletpheresis residues, according to the procedure of Colotta, R. et al., L
lmmunol., 132(2):936 (1984). The monocytes are plated at a density of 1 X 106 cells/ml 20 medium/well in 24-well multi-dishes. The cells are allowed to adhere for 1 hour after which time the supernatant is aspirated and 1 ml fresh medium (RPMI-1640 (Whitaker Biomedical Products, Whitaker, CA) conta~ning 1 % fetal calf serum and penicillin and streptomycin at 10 units/ml is added. The cells are incubated for 45 minutes in the presence or absence of test compounds at lnM-lOuM dose ranges (compounds were solubilized in Dimethyl-25 sulfoxide/Ethanol such that the final solvent concentration in the culture medium is 0.5%Dimethyl sulfoxide/0.5% Ethanol). Bacterial lipopolysacchande (E. coli 055:B5 tLPS] from Sigma Chemicals Co.) is then added at 100 ng/ml in 10 ml Phosphate Buffered Saline (PBS) and cultures incubated for 1~18 hours at 37C in a 5% C02 incubator. At the end of the incubation period, culture supematants are removed from the cells, centrifuged at 3000 3 0 revoludons per minute (rpm) to remove cell debris and .05 ml of the supernatant is assayed for TNF activity using the radioimmunoassay described below.
Section II: RadioimmunoassaY procedure for TNF activitv The assay buffer consists of O.OlM NaP04, 0.15M NaCI, 0.025M EDTA and 0.1%
3 5 sodium azide at pH 7.4. Human recombinant TNF (rhTNF) obtained using the procedure of Chen et al., Nature, 330:581-583 (1987) is iodinated by a modified Chlor~nine-T method described in Section m below. To samples (50 ~11 culture supernatants) or rhTNF standards, a 1/9000 dilution of polyclonal rabbit anti-rhTNF (Genzyme, Boston, MA) and 8000 cpm of WO 92/10190 2 0 9 817 7 -32- pcr/us91/o94l6 125I-TNF is added in a final volume of 400 lal buffer and incubated overnight (18 hours) a~
4C. Normal rabbit serum and goat and-rabbit IgG (Calbiochem) are titered against each other for maximum precipitation of the anti-rhTNF. The appropriate dilutions of carrier normal rabbi~ serum (1/200), goat and-rabbit IgG (1/4) and 25 Units heparin (Calbiochem) are s allowed to precipitate and 200 ~1 of this complex was added per assay tube and incubated overnight at 4C. Tubes are centrifuged for 30 minutes at 2000 rpm, supematants are carefully aspirated, and radioactivity associated with the pellets is measured in a Beckman Gamma 5500 counter. The logit-log linear transformatdon curve is used for the calculations.
The concentradons of TNF in the samples are read from a standard curve of rhTNF that is 10 linear in the 157 to 20,000 pg/ml range.
Section m Radioiodinadon of rhTNF
lodinadon of rhTNF is performed using a modified chloramine-T method of Frolik et al., J. Biol. Chem., 259:10995-11000 (1984). Briefly, 5 mg of rhTNF in 5 ml of 20MM
15 Tris ph 7.5, is diluted with 15 ml of 0.5M KPO4 and 10 ml of carrier free 125I(100mCUml;ICN). To inidate the reacdon, a 5ml aliquot of a 100mg/ml (aqueous) chloramine-T soludon is added. After 2 minutes at room temperature, an addidonal 5 ml aliquot is added followed 1.5 minutes later by a final 5 ml addition of chloramine-T. The reaction is stopped I minute later by sequendal addition of 20 ml of 50mM Sodium20 Metabisulfite,100 ml of 120mM Potassium Iodide and 200 ml of 1.2 mg/ml Urea. The contents are mixed and the reacdon mixture is passed over a pre-packed Sephadex G-25 column (PD 10 Phatmacia), equilibrated and eluted with Phosphate Buffered Saline pH 7.4 containing 0.25% gelatin. The peak radioactivity containing fractions are pooled and stored at -20C. Specific activity of 125I-TNF is 80-100 mCi/mg protein. Biological activity of 2 5 iodina~ed TNF is measured by the L929 cytotoxicity assay of Neale, M.L. et al., Eur. J. Can.
Clin. Oncol., 25(1):133-137 (1989) and has been found to be 80% that of unlabeled TNF.
Section IV: Measurement of TNF- ELISA:
Levels of TNF are also measured using a modification of the basic sandwich 30 ELISA assay method described in Winston et al., Current Protocols in Molecular Biolo~v.
Page 11.2.1, Ausubel et al., Ed. (1987) John Wiley and Sons, New York, USA The ELISA
employed a murine monoclonal anti-human TNF antibody, described below, as the capture antibody and a polyclonal rabbit anti-human TNF, descTibed below, as the second antibody.
For detection, a peroxidase-conjugated goat anti-rabbit antibody (Boehringer Mannheim, 3 5 Indianopolis, Indiana, USA, Catalog # 605222) is added followed by a substrate for peroxidase ( lmg/ml orthophenylenediamine with 0.1 % urea peroxide). TNF levels in samples are calculated from a standard curve generated with recombinant human TNF
..
wO 92/l0190 PCr/US9l/09416 ~33~ 2093177 produced in E. Coli (obtained from SmithKline Beecham Pharmaceuticals, King of Prussia, PA, USA).
Sec~on V: Production of anti-human TNF antibodies:
Monoclonal antibodies to human TNF are prepared from spleens of BALB/c mice immunized with recombinant human TNF using a modification of the method o~ ;ohler and Millstein, Nature 256:495 (1975), the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference. Polyclonal rabbit anti-human TNF antibodies are prepared by repeated immunization of New Zealand White (NZW) rabbits with recombinant human TNF emulsified in complete Freund's adjuvant (DIFCO, IL., USA).
SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES
EXAMPLE I
5.6-Dihvdro-2-(4 methvlthiophenvl)-3-(4 ~vridinvl)-7H-pvTrolor l .2-alimidazol-7-ol (Intermediate 7-ol compound) a) 5.6-Dihvdro-2-(4-methvlthio~henvl)-3-(4-pvridinvl)-7H-~vr~olo~1.2-al-imidazol-7-ol.
To a soludon of 5,6-dihydro-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-(4-pyridinyl)-7H-pyrrolo[1,2-2 0 a]imidazol-7-ol (0.85 grams (hereinafter g), 2.9 millimoles(hereinafter mmol)) in DMF (10 milliLiters (hereinafter mL)) was added sodium thiomethoxide (0.30 g,4.4 mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 120C for 48 h, then allowed to cool. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was partitioned benveen H2O and CH2C12. The organic extract was washed with saturated a~gueous NaCl and dried (MgSO4).
2 5 The solvent was removed in vacuo, and the residue was recrystallizcd t vice from MeOH to provide a light tan solid (0.19 g, 20%). m.p. 229 - 230C
lH Nk~ (CDC13): o 8.59 (d, 2H); 7.40 (d, 2H); 7.19 (2 overlapping d, 4H); 6.18 (br d, lH); 5.27 (m, lH); 4.27 (m, lH); 3.94 (m, lH); 2.90 (m, lH); 2.63 (m, lH); 2.50 (s, 3H).
30 CIMS (NH3); m/e (rel. int.): 324 [(M+H)+, 100], 308 (11).
,~n~l. Calc. for Cl8Hl7N3os: C 66.85, H 5.30, N 12.99, S 9.91; found: C 66.78, H 5.55, N 12.95, S 9.58.
3 5 5.6-Dihvdro-2-(4-fluorophenvl)-3-(4-pvridinvl)-7H-pvrrolorl .2-alimidazol-7-ol (Intermediate 7-ol compound) a) I - l 5.6-Dihvdro-2-(4-fluorophenvl)-3-(4-pvridinvl)-7H-pvrrolor1.2-al-.
~ . .
wo 92/10190 Pcr/ussl/094l6 imidazol-7-vll-1-(4 nitrophenvl)methanol.
To a solution of 5,~dihydro-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-(4-pyridinyl)-7H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]imidazole (15.0 g, 0.054 moles (hereinafter mol)) in CH2C12 (50 mL) at 0C was added methoxyethoxymethyl chlo~ide (30 mL, 0.26 mol). The resulting mixture was allowed to 5 warm to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour (hereinafter h). Ether was added, and the mixture was decanted (3x). The residue was dissolved in EtOH (400 mL), and to this solution were added triethylamine (40 mL, 0.29 mol) and 4-nitrobenzaldehyde (15.0 g, 0.10 mol). The resulting mixture was heated at reflux for 48 h, then allowed to cool and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partiioned between H2O and 10 CH2C12. The organic extract was washed with saturated aqueous NaCI and dried (MgSO4).
The solvent was removed in vacu~, and the residue was triturated with EtOAc. The orange solid which formed was collected by filtration to afford the title compound (8.0 g, 34%) which was used without further purification.
b) 5~6-Dihvdro-2-(4-fluoropheml)-3-(4-pvridinvl)-7H-pvlTolorl.2-alimidazol-7-one.
To a solution of Jones reagent (25 mL) in acetone (250 mL) was added 1-{5,6-dihydro-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-(4-pyridinyl)-7H-pyrrolo[ 1 ,2-a]imidazol-7-yl ) -1 -(4-nitrophenyl)methanol (5.0 g, 12 mmol). Thc rcsulting mixture was stirred at room tcmperature for 30 min, thcn the pH was adjustcd to 7 - 8 with 2.5 N NaOH. Thc solid matcrial was rcmovcd from thc 2 0 acctonc soludon by dccantadon and parddoned betwcen 2.5 N NaOH and 1: 2 CH2C12/
Et20. This mixturc was filtered, and thc layers were scparated. Thc organic cxtract was combined with thc acctone solution and cvaporatcd undcr reduccd prcssurc. Thc rcsiduc was partidoncd bctween 2.5 N NaOH and CH2C12, and the organic cxtract was washed with saturated aqueous NaCI and dried (MgSO4). The solvcnt was removed in vacuo, and the 2 5 residuc was triturated with Et2O to provide the title compound as an orange solid (1.5 g, 43%), which was used without further purification.
c) 5.6-DihYdro-2-(4-fluorophenYI)-3-(4-pvridinYl)-7H-pyrrolo-rl~2-alimidazol-7 To a soludon of 5,~dihydro-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-(4-pyridinyl)-7H-pyrrolo[1,2-30 a]imidazol-7-one (crude product prepared above) in MeOH (15 mL) was added sodium borohydride (1.5 g, 40 mmoi), and the resulting mixture was stirred at room tcmperature foq 15 min. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue waspartitioned between H20 and CH2C12. The organic extract was washcd with saturated aqucous NaCI and dricd (MgSO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo, and the residue was 3 5 triturated sparingly with EtOAc and copiously with Et20. The solid which formed (0.90 g, 26%) was recrystallized from MeOH to afford the title compound as a white solid.lH NMR (DMSO~ 8.58 (d, 2H); 7.45 (dd, 2H); 7.36 (d, 2H); 7.16 (apparent t, 2H);
5.76 (d, lH); 4.99 (m, lH); 4.16 (m, lH); 3.95 (m, lH); 2.82 (m, lH); 2.30 (m, lH).
WO 92/10190 PCI`/US9l/09416 - - 2098~77 CIMS (NH3); m/e (rel. int.): 296 [(M+H)+, 100].
6~7-Dihvdro-2-(4-methvlthiophenvl)-3-(4-pvridinYl)-5H-pvrrolorl 2-alimidazole 5 (Intermediate compound of Formula (A) a) To a vigorously stirred suspension of potassium hydroxide (341.0g,6.09 mol) and tetraethylammonium bromide (51.2g, 0.24mol) in tetrahydrofuran (THF) 2.0 l) was added 2-pyrrolidinone (97.2 ml,1.28 mol) at 20C. A thick white slurry formed and the temperature rose to 27C within 30 minutes.
The reaction mixture was stirred mechanically for a total of 100 minutes between 20-30C before 4-picolyl chloride hydrochloride (200.0g, 1.22mol) in demineralized water (120ml) was added over 25 minutes. The temperature rose to 40C and was not allowed to rise above this. The reaction mixture was stirred for 120 minutes after this addition and was then filtered through Celite. The reaction flask and filtered solids were washed with THF
15 (400ml) and the washings combined with the filtrate. Any aqueous material carried over during the filtradon was separated before the organic soludon was concentrated to a volume of 800ml by atmospheric distilladon of the THF. The solution was cooled to 20C at which point 60-80 pctrol (500ml) was added. The solution was stirred for 10 minutes when a further 500ml quantity of 60-80 petrol was addcd. This mixturc was stirred for a further 10 20 minutes when a final 600ml quantity of 60-80 petrol was addcd. Thc mixn~re was cooled to 5C for 16 hours before the product was isolated by filtration, washed with 60-80 petrol (400ml), and dried at 40C, 100 mmHg for 24 hours. Hence 1-(4-picolyl)-2-pyrrolidinone 186.0g (86%) was obtained as a pale brown granular crystalline solid; m.p. 82-84C; HPLC
assay 96.1%; M+, 176.0947. C10Hl2N2o requires 176.0950; m/z 176, (M+), 147 (M+ -25 C2Hs), 119 (147-CO) and 903 (119 - HCN); v maximum (KBr) 2950, 1690 (C=O), 1600, 1450, 1420, 1300 and 1280 cm~1; oH(270 MHz, CDC13) 1.85 (2H, m, -CH2CH2CH2-).
2.20 (2H, t, -C_2C(0), 3.10 (2H, t, -CH2CH2NRRI), 4.25 (2H, s, PyCH2-), 6.95 (2H, m, Ar(3,5)) and 8.30 (2H, m, Ar(2,6).
b) To a solution of 1-(4-picolyl)-2-pyrrolidinone (20.0g, 0.114mol) in dry THF
30 (260ml) was added n-butyllithium (50.Oml of a 2.5 M solution in hexane 0.125mol) at O to -10C. The addition required 10 minutes. Potassium tertbutoxide (12.7g,0.114mol) in THF
(65ml) was then added at O to 10C over 5 minutes and the resultant golden yellow suspension stiITed for 10 minutes. At this point 4 methylthiobenzonitrile (18.6g, 0.125mol) in THF
(31ml) was added over 5 minutes at 0 to -10C. When the addition was complete thereaction 3 s mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature over 30 minutes. After this period the reaction mixture was heated underreflux for 120 minutes and the cooled to 30C before demineralised water (80snl) was added. The resultant mobile solution was stirred for 30 minutes and the aqueous layer then allowed 30 minutes to separate before it was removed.
wo 92/10190 2 0 9 817 7 -36- PCI /US9l/09416 The solvent was exchanged with ethyl acetate via a put and take distillation where 140ml solvent was removed and the replaced with 140ml ethyl acetate. This process was continued until the base temperature reached 77C. A further 45ml ethyl acetate was added and the solution cooled to 50C before 60-80 petrol t87ml) was added. The product 5 crystallized on cooling to room temperature and after stilTing for 3 hours the suspension was cooled to 0-5C and stiIred for a further 2 hours. The product was then isolated by filtration, washed with 60-80 petrol (40ml) and then dried at 40C,100mmHg for 24 hours. Hence 6,7-dihydro-2-(4-methylthiophenyl)-3-(4pyridinyl)-5H-pyrrolo [1,2-a] imidazole was obtained as a pale yellow crystalline solid; 17.6g, 50%; m.p. 172C; HPLC assay 95.6%; ~H
10 (270MHz, CDCl3) 2.50 (3H, S, -S~), 2.70 (2H, m, -CH2C_2, CH2-) 3.00 (2H, t, - C_2CH2CH2NRRl), 4.05 (2H, t, -CH2CH2C_2NRR1), 7.20 (2H, m, MeS ~), 7.30 (2H, m, 3,5-Py), 7.50 (2H, m, Me S ,~) and 8.60 (2H, m, 2,6-Py).
15 6.7-Dihvdro-2-(4methvlthiophenvl)-3-(4-pvridinvl)-5H-pvrrolo ~1.2-al imidazole (Intermediate compound of Formula (A) a) To a solution of 1-(4-picolyl)-2-pyrrolidinone (2.01g, 11.4mmol) in THF (285ml) was added n-butyllithium (8.70ml of a 2.5M soludon in hexane, 21.7mmol) at -70C. The resultant yellow suspension was stirred for 90 minutcs between -30 to -70C before 4-20 methylthiobenzonitrilc (2.72g, 18.3mmol) in THF (40ml) was added at 65C. The reacdonmixture was st~ned with warming to room tcmperature over 15 minutes and was then stirred for a further 21 hours. After this time ammonia (720,ul of a 35% w/w aqueous solution) was added which caused the reaction mixture to change from blood red to yellow in color. This soludon was st~rred for 30 minutes before the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue 2 5 chromatographed on silica gel using ethyl acetate: triethylamine - 96:4 as elutant. Hence Z I -amino-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-(4-pyridyl)-2-(1-(2-pyrrolidinoyl))ethene (1.2g, 32%) was obtained as a free flowing yellow powder, m.p. 220-222C (from ethyl acetate) M+325.1271.
C1gH1gN3OS requires 325.1249. v maximum (nujol mull) 3500-3300 (N-H), 1669 (C-O), 30 1632 (C-C) and 1566 cm~1; ~H t270 MHz, d6-DMSO) 2.10 (2H, m, -CH2CH2CH2-), 2.40 (2H, t, -C_2CH2CH2C(0)-), 2.50 (3H, s, -S~), 3.50 (2H, t, -CH2CH2CH2C(0)-), 5.70(2H, s, -NH2), 6.50 (2H, m, 3,5-Py), 7.25 (4H, m, MeS ~) and 8.05 (2H, m, 2,6-Py);
m/z 325(M+), 308 (M-NH3), 268 (M-C3H50) and 150 (CgHgNS).
b) To a suspension of Z-1-amino-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-(4-pyridyl)-2-~ 1-(2-35 pyrrolidinoyl) ~ethene (114mg, 0.35 lmmol) in THF (8.8ml) was added n-butyllithium (249111 of a 2.5M solution in hexane, 0.491mmol) at -40C. The resultant dark red solution was allowed to warm to room temperature over 30 minutes and was then stirred at this temperature . ~ .
wo 92/10190 Pcr/Us91/09416 ~37~ 2098177 for 19 hours. After this time the color changed to light yellow. At this point the reaction mixture was assayed by HPLC and found to contain the title compound 88mg, 82%.
EXAMPLE S
5 2-(fluorophenvl)-6.7-dihvdro-3-(4-~YridinYI)-5H-pYrrolorl~2-alimidazole (Interrnediate compound of Formula (A) To a soludon of 1-(4-picolyl)-2-pyrrolidinone (56mg, 0.318mmol) in dry T~; (8ml)was added n-butyllithium (472111 of a l.OM solution in hexane, 0.477mmol) at -80C. The resultant cloudy bright yellow solution was stirred between -50 to -80C for 50 minutes before 10 p-fluorobenzonitrile (61mg, 0.8097mmol) was added in THF 93ml) at -80C. The reacdon mixture was then allowed to warm to room temperature when it became dark red. It was stirred for 18 hours before the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue chromatographed on silica gel using ethyl acetate:methanol - 4: 1 as elutant. Hence the dtle compound was obtained (7mg, 7%).
2-(4-Bromo~nYI~-6.7-dihvdro-3-(4-~Yridinvl)-SH-pvrrolorl .2-alimidazole ntermediate com~ound of Formula (A) To a soludon of 1-(4-picolyl)-2-pyrrolidinone (2.66g, lS.lmmol) in dry T~ (76ml)20 was added n-butyllithium (7.26ml of a 2.5M soludon in hexane, 18.1mmol) at -40C. A
soludon of potassium tert butoxide (1.69g, lS.lmmol) in TE~ (8.5ml) was then added and the tesultant golden yellow suspension sdrred at -40C for 10 minutes. At this point a solution of 4-bromobenzonitrile (5.50g, 30.2mmol) in l~IF (50rnl) was added at -40C and the reaction mixture then allowed to warrn to room temperature. After stirring for 18 hours 2 5 the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness and the residue chromatographed on silica gel using ethyl acetate:methanol - 5: 1 as elutant. Hence the dtle compound was obtained as a yellow crystalline solid (0.71g, 14%); M+ 339.0371. C17H14N3 79Brrequires 339.0371 ~+ 341.0387. C17H14N3 81Br requires 341.0351. oH (270MHz, CDC13) 2.65 (2H, m, -C~2,CH2CH2-), 3.00 (2H, t, -CH2CH2CH2NRR'), 4.00 (2H, t, -CH2CH2C~;2NRR'), 30 7.25 (2H, m, 3,5-Py), 7.40 (4H, m, Br-Ar) and 8.60 (2H, m, 2,6-Py); m/z 339 (a5l ), 341 (~+) 259 (M-HBr), 310 (M-C2Hs) and 312 (M-C2Hs).
5.6-Dihvdro-2-f4-fluorophenvl)-7-methvl-3-(~pYridinyl)-7H-pylrolor1.2-alimidazol-7-ol.
(A compound of Forrnula I and II) wo 92/10190 PCrtUS91/09416 2 0 9 ~ 38-5.6-Dihvdr~2-(~fluoroDhenvl)-3-(4-pvndvl)-7-meIkvl-7H-pvrrolo~1.2-alimidazol-7-ol. To a stining solution of 5,6-dihydro-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-(4-pyridyl)-7H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]-imidazol-7-one (100 mg,0.34 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) under an argon atrnosphere was added trimethylaluminum (1.7 mL of 2 M soludon in toluene, 3.41 mmol). The resuldng mixture was heated at reflux for 4 h, then cooled to 0C. To the cooled mixture was slowly added MeOH, followed by CH2C12. The mixture was washed successively with H20, saturated aqueous NaCI and dried (MgS04). The solvent was removed in vacuo, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography, eluting with 2% MeOH/ CH2CI2 to afford a light tan solid (47 mg,45%) which was recrystalliæd from MeOH and dried in vacuo. m.p.
lH NMR (CDC13): 8.60 (m, 2H); 7.48 (apparent dd, 2H); 7.20 (m, 2H); 7.02 (apparent t, 2H); 4.19 (m, lH); 3.95 (m, lH); 2.81 - 2.58 (m, 2H); 1.80 (s, 3H).
CIMS; m/e (rel. int.): 310 (M+H)+.
Anal. Calc. for ClgHl6FN3O-1/2 H2O: C 67.91, H 5.38, N 13.19; found: C 67.95, H
5.09, N 13.05.
5.6-Dihvdro-2-(4-fluorophenvl)-7-methoxv-7-methvl-3-(4-pvridinvl)-7H-pvrrolo-~1.2-alimidazol-7-ol. (A compound of Formula I and II) To a stirring solution of the 5,6-Dihydro-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-methyl-3-(4-pyridinyl)-7H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]imidazol-7-ol (1.0 g,3.4mmol) pT~pared in Example 7, in DMF
(2ml) is added NaH (16.8mg, 0.35mmol of a 50% suspension in oil). After the gas evolution ceases MeI (0.022ml, 0.32mmol) is added and sdrring is condnued for 1 h at which point the reaction mixNre is evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure and chromatographed on 2 5 silica gel to yield the desired methyl ether derivative.
The above description fully discloses the invendon including preferred embodiments thereof. Modifications and improvemenLs of the embodiments specifically disclosed herein are within the scope of the following claims. Without further elaboration, it is 3 0 believed that one skilled in the art can, using the preceding descripdon, udlize the present invention to its fullest extenL Therefore the Examples herein are to be construed as merely illustrative and not a limitation of the scope of the present invention in any way. The embodiments of the invendon in which an exclusive properry or privilege is claimed are defined as follows.
The reaction mixture was stirred mechanically for a total of 100 minutes between 20-30C before 4-picolyl chloride hydrochloride (200.0g, 1.22mol) in demineralized water (120ml) was added over 25 minutes. The temperature rose to 40C and was not allowed to rise above this. The reaction mixture was stirred for 120 minutes after this addition and was then filtered through Celite. The reaction flask and filtered solids were washed with THF
15 (400ml) and the washings combined with the filtrate. Any aqueous material carried over during the filtradon was separated before the organic soludon was concentrated to a volume of 800ml by atmospheric distilladon of the THF. The solution was cooled to 20C at which point 60-80 pctrol (500ml) was added. The solution was stirred for 10 minutes when a further 500ml quantity of 60-80 petrol was addcd. This mixturc was stirred for a further 10 20 minutes when a final 600ml quantity of 60-80 petrol was addcd. Thc mixn~re was cooled to 5C for 16 hours before the product was isolated by filtration, washed with 60-80 petrol (400ml), and dried at 40C, 100 mmHg for 24 hours. Hence 1-(4-picolyl)-2-pyrrolidinone 186.0g (86%) was obtained as a pale brown granular crystalline solid; m.p. 82-84C; HPLC
assay 96.1%; M+, 176.0947. C10Hl2N2o requires 176.0950; m/z 176, (M+), 147 (M+ -25 C2Hs), 119 (147-CO) and 903 (119 - HCN); v maximum (KBr) 2950, 1690 (C=O), 1600, 1450, 1420, 1300 and 1280 cm~1; oH(270 MHz, CDC13) 1.85 (2H, m, -CH2CH2CH2-).
2.20 (2H, t, -C_2C(0), 3.10 (2H, t, -CH2CH2NRRI), 4.25 (2H, s, PyCH2-), 6.95 (2H, m, Ar(3,5)) and 8.30 (2H, m, Ar(2,6).
b) To a solution of 1-(4-picolyl)-2-pyrrolidinone (20.0g, 0.114mol) in dry THF
30 (260ml) was added n-butyllithium (50.Oml of a 2.5 M solution in hexane 0.125mol) at O to -10C. The addition required 10 minutes. Potassium tertbutoxide (12.7g,0.114mol) in THF
(65ml) was then added at O to 10C over 5 minutes and the resultant golden yellow suspension stiITed for 10 minutes. At this point 4 methylthiobenzonitrile (18.6g, 0.125mol) in THF
(31ml) was added over 5 minutes at 0 to -10C. When the addition was complete thereaction 3 s mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature over 30 minutes. After this period the reaction mixture was heated underreflux for 120 minutes and the cooled to 30C before demineralised water (80snl) was added. The resultant mobile solution was stirred for 30 minutes and the aqueous layer then allowed 30 minutes to separate before it was removed.
wo 92/10190 2 0 9 817 7 -36- PCI /US9l/09416 The solvent was exchanged with ethyl acetate via a put and take distillation where 140ml solvent was removed and the replaced with 140ml ethyl acetate. This process was continued until the base temperature reached 77C. A further 45ml ethyl acetate was added and the solution cooled to 50C before 60-80 petrol t87ml) was added. The product 5 crystallized on cooling to room temperature and after stilTing for 3 hours the suspension was cooled to 0-5C and stiIred for a further 2 hours. The product was then isolated by filtration, washed with 60-80 petrol (40ml) and then dried at 40C,100mmHg for 24 hours. Hence 6,7-dihydro-2-(4-methylthiophenyl)-3-(4pyridinyl)-5H-pyrrolo [1,2-a] imidazole was obtained as a pale yellow crystalline solid; 17.6g, 50%; m.p. 172C; HPLC assay 95.6%; ~H
10 (270MHz, CDCl3) 2.50 (3H, S, -S~), 2.70 (2H, m, -CH2C_2, CH2-) 3.00 (2H, t, - C_2CH2CH2NRRl), 4.05 (2H, t, -CH2CH2C_2NRR1), 7.20 (2H, m, MeS ~), 7.30 (2H, m, 3,5-Py), 7.50 (2H, m, Me S ,~) and 8.60 (2H, m, 2,6-Py).
15 6.7-Dihvdro-2-(4methvlthiophenvl)-3-(4-pvridinvl)-5H-pvrrolo ~1.2-al imidazole (Intermediate compound of Formula (A) a) To a solution of 1-(4-picolyl)-2-pyrrolidinone (2.01g, 11.4mmol) in THF (285ml) was added n-butyllithium (8.70ml of a 2.5M soludon in hexane, 21.7mmol) at -70C. The resultant yellow suspension was stirred for 90 minutcs between -30 to -70C before 4-20 methylthiobenzonitrilc (2.72g, 18.3mmol) in THF (40ml) was added at 65C. The reacdonmixture was st~ned with warming to room tcmperature over 15 minutes and was then stirred for a further 21 hours. After this time ammonia (720,ul of a 35% w/w aqueous solution) was added which caused the reaction mixture to change from blood red to yellow in color. This soludon was st~rred for 30 minutes before the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue 2 5 chromatographed on silica gel using ethyl acetate: triethylamine - 96:4 as elutant. Hence Z I -amino-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-(4-pyridyl)-2-(1-(2-pyrrolidinoyl))ethene (1.2g, 32%) was obtained as a free flowing yellow powder, m.p. 220-222C (from ethyl acetate) M+325.1271.
C1gH1gN3OS requires 325.1249. v maximum (nujol mull) 3500-3300 (N-H), 1669 (C-O), 30 1632 (C-C) and 1566 cm~1; ~H t270 MHz, d6-DMSO) 2.10 (2H, m, -CH2CH2CH2-), 2.40 (2H, t, -C_2CH2CH2C(0)-), 2.50 (3H, s, -S~), 3.50 (2H, t, -CH2CH2CH2C(0)-), 5.70(2H, s, -NH2), 6.50 (2H, m, 3,5-Py), 7.25 (4H, m, MeS ~) and 8.05 (2H, m, 2,6-Py);
m/z 325(M+), 308 (M-NH3), 268 (M-C3H50) and 150 (CgHgNS).
b) To a suspension of Z-1-amino-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-(4-pyridyl)-2-~ 1-(2-35 pyrrolidinoyl) ~ethene (114mg, 0.35 lmmol) in THF (8.8ml) was added n-butyllithium (249111 of a 2.5M solution in hexane, 0.491mmol) at -40C. The resultant dark red solution was allowed to warm to room temperature over 30 minutes and was then stirred at this temperature . ~ .
wo 92/10190 Pcr/Us91/09416 ~37~ 2098177 for 19 hours. After this time the color changed to light yellow. At this point the reaction mixture was assayed by HPLC and found to contain the title compound 88mg, 82%.
EXAMPLE S
5 2-(fluorophenvl)-6.7-dihvdro-3-(4-~YridinYI)-5H-pYrrolorl~2-alimidazole (Interrnediate compound of Formula (A) To a soludon of 1-(4-picolyl)-2-pyrrolidinone (56mg, 0.318mmol) in dry T~; (8ml)was added n-butyllithium (472111 of a l.OM solution in hexane, 0.477mmol) at -80C. The resultant cloudy bright yellow solution was stirred between -50 to -80C for 50 minutes before 10 p-fluorobenzonitrile (61mg, 0.8097mmol) was added in THF 93ml) at -80C. The reacdon mixture was then allowed to warm to room temperature when it became dark red. It was stirred for 18 hours before the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue chromatographed on silica gel using ethyl acetate:methanol - 4: 1 as elutant. Hence the dtle compound was obtained (7mg, 7%).
2-(4-Bromo~nYI~-6.7-dihvdro-3-(4-~Yridinvl)-SH-pvrrolorl .2-alimidazole ntermediate com~ound of Formula (A) To a soludon of 1-(4-picolyl)-2-pyrrolidinone (2.66g, lS.lmmol) in dry T~ (76ml)20 was added n-butyllithium (7.26ml of a 2.5M soludon in hexane, 18.1mmol) at -40C. A
soludon of potassium tert butoxide (1.69g, lS.lmmol) in TE~ (8.5ml) was then added and the tesultant golden yellow suspension sdrred at -40C for 10 minutes. At this point a solution of 4-bromobenzonitrile (5.50g, 30.2mmol) in l~IF (50rnl) was added at -40C and the reaction mixture then allowed to warrn to room temperature. After stirring for 18 hours 2 5 the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness and the residue chromatographed on silica gel using ethyl acetate:methanol - 5: 1 as elutant. Hence the dtle compound was obtained as a yellow crystalline solid (0.71g, 14%); M+ 339.0371. C17H14N3 79Brrequires 339.0371 ~+ 341.0387. C17H14N3 81Br requires 341.0351. oH (270MHz, CDC13) 2.65 (2H, m, -C~2,CH2CH2-), 3.00 (2H, t, -CH2CH2CH2NRR'), 4.00 (2H, t, -CH2CH2C~;2NRR'), 30 7.25 (2H, m, 3,5-Py), 7.40 (4H, m, Br-Ar) and 8.60 (2H, m, 2,6-Py); m/z 339 (a5l ), 341 (~+) 259 (M-HBr), 310 (M-C2Hs) and 312 (M-C2Hs).
5.6-Dihvdro-2-f4-fluorophenvl)-7-methvl-3-(~pYridinyl)-7H-pylrolor1.2-alimidazol-7-ol.
(A compound of Forrnula I and II) wo 92/10190 PCrtUS91/09416 2 0 9 ~ 38-5.6-Dihvdr~2-(~fluoroDhenvl)-3-(4-pvndvl)-7-meIkvl-7H-pvrrolo~1.2-alimidazol-7-ol. To a stining solution of 5,6-dihydro-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-(4-pyridyl)-7H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]-imidazol-7-one (100 mg,0.34 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) under an argon atrnosphere was added trimethylaluminum (1.7 mL of 2 M soludon in toluene, 3.41 mmol). The resuldng mixture was heated at reflux for 4 h, then cooled to 0C. To the cooled mixture was slowly added MeOH, followed by CH2C12. The mixture was washed successively with H20, saturated aqueous NaCI and dried (MgS04). The solvent was removed in vacuo, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography, eluting with 2% MeOH/ CH2CI2 to afford a light tan solid (47 mg,45%) which was recrystalliæd from MeOH and dried in vacuo. m.p.
lH NMR (CDC13): 8.60 (m, 2H); 7.48 (apparent dd, 2H); 7.20 (m, 2H); 7.02 (apparent t, 2H); 4.19 (m, lH); 3.95 (m, lH); 2.81 - 2.58 (m, 2H); 1.80 (s, 3H).
CIMS; m/e (rel. int.): 310 (M+H)+.
Anal. Calc. for ClgHl6FN3O-1/2 H2O: C 67.91, H 5.38, N 13.19; found: C 67.95, H
5.09, N 13.05.
5.6-Dihvdro-2-(4-fluorophenvl)-7-methoxv-7-methvl-3-(4-pvridinvl)-7H-pvrrolo-~1.2-alimidazol-7-ol. (A compound of Formula I and II) To a stirring solution of the 5,6-Dihydro-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-methyl-3-(4-pyridinyl)-7H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]imidazol-7-ol (1.0 g,3.4mmol) pT~pared in Example 7, in DMF
(2ml) is added NaH (16.8mg, 0.35mmol of a 50% suspension in oil). After the gas evolution ceases MeI (0.022ml, 0.32mmol) is added and sdrring is condnued for 1 h at which point the reaction mixNre is evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure and chromatographed on 2 5 silica gel to yield the desired methyl ether derivative.
The above description fully discloses the invendon including preferred embodiments thereof. Modifications and improvemenLs of the embodiments specifically disclosed herein are within the scope of the following claims. Without further elaboration, it is 3 0 believed that one skilled in the art can, using the preceding descripdon, udlize the present invention to its fullest extenL Therefore the Examples herein are to be construed as merely illustrative and not a limitation of the scope of the present invention in any way. The embodiments of the invendon in which an exclusive properry or privilege is claimed are defined as follows.
Claims (29)
1. A compound of Formula (I) as represented by the structure:
(I) wherein W1 is -(CR4R5)-, or -(CR4R5)-(CR6R7)-;
R2, R3, R6, R7, R8, and R9 are hydrogen; or one or two of R2, R3, R6, R7, R8, and R9 are, independently, hydrogen or C1-2 alkyl;
one of R4 and R5 is OR10 and the other is selected from H, alkyl1-6, optionally substituted alkyl1-6, aryl, optionally substituted aryl, heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R10 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl; provided that when R10 is hydrogen the other of R4, or R5 is other than hydrogen;
one of R1 and R0 is 4-pyridyl or C1-4 alkyl-4-pyridyl; and the other of R1 and R0 is (a) phenyl;
(b) mono- or di-substituted phenyl wherein said substituents are independently selected from C1-4 alkyl, halo, hydroxy, C1-4 alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, C1-3 alkylthio, C1-3 alkylsulfinyl, C2-5 1-alkenyl-1-thio, C2-5 2-alkenyl-1-thio, C2-5 1-alkenyl-1-sulfinyl, C2-5 2-alkenyl-1-sulfinyl, C1-3 alkylamino, C1-3 dialkylamino, CF3, N-(C1-3alkanamido), N-(C1-3 alkyl)-N-(C1-3alkanamido), N-pyrrolidino, N-piperidino, prop-2-ene-1-oxy, 2,2,2-trihaloethoxy, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl alkylthioalkylthio, acyloxyalkylthio, acyloxyalkylsulfinyl or Z; or (c) a moiety of the formula:
;
wherein Y is selected from , , , or ;
wherein t is 0 or 1; W, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, and R9 are as defined above;
A is -CR5=CR7-, -N=CR7-, -S- or -O-;
Ra and Rb are independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-9 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
Z is -S-(CRaRb)tS-Z1;
Z1 is a functional moiety;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
(I) wherein W1 is -(CR4R5)-, or -(CR4R5)-(CR6R7)-;
R2, R3, R6, R7, R8, and R9 are hydrogen; or one or two of R2, R3, R6, R7, R8, and R9 are, independently, hydrogen or C1-2 alkyl;
one of R4 and R5 is OR10 and the other is selected from H, alkyl1-6, optionally substituted alkyl1-6, aryl, optionally substituted aryl, heteroaryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
R10 is hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6 alkyl, or optionally substituted aryl; provided that when R10 is hydrogen the other of R4, or R5 is other than hydrogen;
one of R1 and R0 is 4-pyridyl or C1-4 alkyl-4-pyridyl; and the other of R1 and R0 is (a) phenyl;
(b) mono- or di-substituted phenyl wherein said substituents are independently selected from C1-4 alkyl, halo, hydroxy, C1-4 alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, C1-3 alkylthio, C1-3 alkylsulfinyl, C2-5 1-alkenyl-1-thio, C2-5 2-alkenyl-1-thio, C2-5 1-alkenyl-1-sulfinyl, C2-5 2-alkenyl-1-sulfinyl, C1-3 alkylamino, C1-3 dialkylamino, CF3, N-(C1-3alkanamido), N-(C1-3 alkyl)-N-(C1-3alkanamido), N-pyrrolidino, N-piperidino, prop-2-ene-1-oxy, 2,2,2-trihaloethoxy, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl alkylthioalkylthio, acyloxyalkylthio, acyloxyalkylsulfinyl or Z; or (c) a moiety of the formula:
;
wherein Y is selected from , , , or ;
wherein t is 0 or 1; W, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, and R9 are as defined above;
A is -CR5=CR7-, -N=CR7-, -S- or -O-;
Ra and Rb are independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-9 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
Z is -S-(CRaRb)tS-Z1;
Z1 is a functional moiety;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. The compound according to Claim 1 wherein the phenyl is a di-substituted phenyl and (a) said substituents are, independently, C1-3 alkylthio, C1-4 alkoxy, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-3 alkylamino, N- (C1-3alkyl)-N-(C1-3 alkanamido), C1-3 dialkylamino, amino, N-pyrrolidino or N-piperidino; or (b) one of said substituents is C1-3 alkoxy, halo, C1-4 alkyl or CF3, and the other substituent is thiol, alkylthio, alkylsulfinyl, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, arylthio, arylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, acyloxyalkylsulfinyl, acyloxyalkylthio or Z; or (c) one of said substituents is amino, C1-3 alkylamino or C1-3 dialkylamino; and the other substituent is C1-3 alkylthio, C1-3 alkylsulfinyl, C2-5 -1-alkenyl-1-thio, C2-5 1-alkenyl-1-sulfinyl, C3-5 2-alkenyl-1-thio, C3-5 2-alkenyl-1- sulfinyl, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, akoxyalkylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, acyloxyalkylthio, acyloxyalkylsulfinyl or Z; or (d) said substituents are the same and are selected from halo, C1-3 alkoxy, C1-3 alkylamino, C1-3 dialkylamino, N-pyrrolidino, N-piperidino, 2,2,2-trihaloethoxy, prop-2-ene-1-oxy, hydroxy, C1-3 alkylthio, C1-3 alkyl-sulfonyl, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, acyloxyalkylthio, acyloxyalkylsulfinyl or Z;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
3. The compound according to Claim 1 wherein R1 is a C1-4 alkyl-4-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl moiety.
4. The compound according to Claim 3 wherein R0 is substituted by halogen, C1-4 alkyl S(O)m, CF3, C1-3 alkoxy, N-(C1-3alkanamido), or N-(C1-3 alkyl)-N-(C1-3alkanamido), and m is 0 or 1.
5. The compound according to Claim 4 wherein R10 is hydrogen.
6. The compound according to Claim 5 wherein the other of R4 or R5 is alkyl, optionally substituted alkyl or optionally substituted aryl.
7. The compound according to Claim 6 wherein the phenyl is substituted by halogen, C1-9 alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, halo-substituted C1-9 alkyl, alkylS(O)n or(CH2)mNR11R12, and m is 0 to 4; or the alkyl is substituted by halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylS(O)m, or (CH2)nNR11R12.
8. The compound according to Claim 7 wherein at least one of R11 or R12 is a C1-4 alkyl, or R11 and R12 cyclize to form a pyrrolidine, piperidine or morpholine ring, and n is 1 or 2.
9. The compound according to Claim 4 wherein R10 is an optionally substituted alkyl or aryl.
10. The compound according to Claim 1 which is 5,6-Dihydro-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-methyl-3-(4-pyridinyl)-7H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]imidazol-7-ol.
11. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent and a compound of Formula (I) according to Claim 1.
12. The pharmaceutical composition according to Claim 11 wherein the compound is5,6-Dihydro-2-(4-fluorophenyl)-7-methyl-3-(4-pyridinyl)-7H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]imidazol-7-ol.
13. A method of treating an OPUFA mediated disease in a mammal in need thereof, which process comprises administering to such animal an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) according to Claim 1.
14. The method according to Claim 13 wherein the enzyme 5-lipoxygenase or cyclooxgenase is inhibited.
15. The method according to Claim 13 wherein the disease state is rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, blood platelet aggregation, thrombosis, phlebids, phlebothrombosis, myocardial infarctions, inflammation, bronchial inflammation, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, uticaria, edema, psoriasis, dermatitis, multiple sclerosis, atherosclerosis, vasculitis, glomerulo-nephritis, immune complex disease, pyresis or algesia, allergic disorders, rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, or food allergies.
16. A compound according to Formula (II):
(II) wherein W2 is -(CR4R5)-, or -(CR4R5)-(CR6R7);
R2, R3, R6, R7, R8, and R9 are hydrogen; or one or two of R2, R3, R6, R7, R8, and R9 are, independently, hydrogen or C1-2 alkyl;
one of R4 and R5 is OR10 and the other is selected from H, alkyl1-6, halogen substituted alkyl1-6, aryl, optionally substituted aryl;
R10 is hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl; provided that when R10 is hydrogen the other of R4 or R5 is other than hydrogen;
R1 is 4-pyridyl or C1-6 alkyl-4-pyridyl;
R0 is (a) phenyl;
(b) mono or di-substituted phenyl wherein said substituents are independently selected from C1-4 alkyl, halo, halosubstituted alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-3 alkylthio, C1-3 alkylsulfinyl, C2-5 1-alkenyl-1-thio, C2-5 2-alkenyl-1-thio, C2-5 1-alkenyl-1-sulfinyl, C2-5 2-alkenyl-1-sulfinyl, C1-3 alkylamino, C1-3 dialkylamino, CF3, N-pyrrolidino, N-piperidino, 2,2,2-trihaloethoxy, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkcoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, acyloxyalkylthio, acyloxyalkylsulfinyl or Z; provided that is the phenyl is substituted with a C3-4 alkoxy it is in other than the 4-position;
(c) a moiety of the formulae:
;
wherein Y is selected from , ,or wherein t is 0 or 1; W2, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, and R9 are as defined above;
A is -CR5=CR7-, -N=CR7-, -S- or -O-;
Ra and Rb are independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-9 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
Z is -S-(CRaRb)t-S-Z1;
Z1 is a functional moiety;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
(II) wherein W2 is -(CR4R5)-, or -(CR4R5)-(CR6R7);
R2, R3, R6, R7, R8, and R9 are hydrogen; or one or two of R2, R3, R6, R7, R8, and R9 are, independently, hydrogen or C1-2 alkyl;
one of R4 and R5 is OR10 and the other is selected from H, alkyl1-6, halogen substituted alkyl1-6, aryl, optionally substituted aryl;
R10 is hydrogen or C1-6 alkyl; provided that when R10 is hydrogen the other of R4 or R5 is other than hydrogen;
R1 is 4-pyridyl or C1-6 alkyl-4-pyridyl;
R0 is (a) phenyl;
(b) mono or di-substituted phenyl wherein said substituents are independently selected from C1-4 alkyl, halo, halosubstituted alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-3 alkylthio, C1-3 alkylsulfinyl, C2-5 1-alkenyl-1-thio, C2-5 2-alkenyl-1-thio, C2-5 1-alkenyl-1-sulfinyl, C2-5 2-alkenyl-1-sulfinyl, C1-3 alkylamino, C1-3 dialkylamino, CF3, N-pyrrolidino, N-piperidino, 2,2,2-trihaloethoxy, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkcoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, acyloxyalkylthio, acyloxyalkylsulfinyl or Z; provided that is the phenyl is substituted with a C3-4 alkoxy it is in other than the 4-position;
(c) a moiety of the formulae:
;
wherein Y is selected from , ,or wherein t is 0 or 1; W2, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, and R9 are as defined above;
A is -CR5=CR7-, -N=CR7-, -S- or -O-;
Ra and Rb are independently selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-9 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl or optionally substituted heteroaryl;
Z is -S-(CRaRb)t-S-Z1;
Z1 is a functional moiety;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
17. The compound according to Claim 16 wherein R10 is hydrogen.
18. The compound according to Claim 17 wherein the other of R4 or R5 is alkyl, optionally substituted alkyl or optionally substituted aryl.
19. The compound according to Claim 18 wherein the phenyl is substituted by halogen, C1-9 alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, halo-substituted C1-9 alkyl, alkylS(O)m, CO2H, or (CH2)nNR11R12, and n is 0 to 4; or the alkyl is substituted by halogen, aryl, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylS(O)m, CO2H, or (CH2)nNR11R12, and m is 0 or 1.
20. The compound according to Claim 22 wherein R0 is substituted by halogen, C1-4alkyl, CF3, C1-3 alkyl S(O)m, or C2-2 alkoxy, and m is 0 or 1.
21. The compound according to Claim 16 wherein R20 is an optionally substituted alkyl or aryl.
22. A method of treating a cytokine mediated disease state in an animal in need of such treatment, which comprises administering to such animal an effective cytokine suppressive amount of a compound according to Claim 16.
23. The method according to Claim æ wherein the cytokine production inhibited is IL-1 or TNF.
24. The method according to Claim 22 wherein the cytokine mediated disease is septic shock, endotoxic shock, gram negative sepsis, toxic shock syndrome, adult respiratory distress syndrome, asthma, chronic pulmonary inflammatory diseases, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, acute immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS), AIDS Related Complex (ARC) or any other disease state associated with an HIV infection, cachexia secondary to AIDS, or cachexia secondary to cancer.
25. A pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound according to Claim 16 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent.
26. A process for producing a compound of Formula (I), according to Claim 1, which process comprises A. Reacting the corresponding 7-ketone of a Formula (A) compound (A) wherein W1 is -(CR4R5)-, or -(CR4R5)-(CR6R7)-;
R2 R3, R6, R7, R8, and R9 are, independently, -H or C1-2 alkyl;
R4 and R5 are oxo;
one of R1 and R0 is 4-pyridyl or C1-4 alkyl-4-pyridyl; and the other of R1 and R0 is (a) phenyl or monosubstituted phenyl wherein said substituent is C1-4 alkyl, halo, hydroxy, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-3 alkylthio, C1-3 alkylsulfinyl, C1-3 alkylsulfonyl, C2-5 1-alkenyl-1-thio, C2-5 2-alkenyl-1-thio, C2-5 1-alkenyl-l-sulfinyl, C2-5 2-alkenyl-1-sulfinyl, C2-5 1-alkenyl-1-sulfonyl, C3-5 2-alkenyl-1-sulfonyl, C1-3 alkylamino, C1-3 dialkylamino, CF3, N-(C1-3alkanamido), N-(C1-3 alkyl)-N-(C1-3alkanamido), N-pyrrolidino, N-piperidino, prop-2-ene-1-oxy, 2,2,2-trihaloethoxy, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl alkylthioalkylthio, Z, or acyloxyalkylthio;
(b) disubstituted phenyl wherein said substituents are, independently, C1-3 alkylthio, C1-3 alkoxy, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-3 alkylamino, N- (C1-3alkyl)-N-(C1-3alkanamido), C1-3 dialkylamino, amino, N-pyrrolidino or N-piperidino;
(c) disubstituted phenyl wherein one of said substituents is C1-3 alkoxy, halo, C1-4 alkyl or CF3, and the other substituent is thiol, alkylsulfinyl, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, Z, or acyloxyalkylthio; or (d) disubstituted phenyl wherein one of said substituents is amino, C1-3 alkylamino or C1-3 dialkylamino; and the other substituent is C1-3 alkylsulfinyl, C2-5 -1-alkenyl-1-thio, C2-5 1-alkenyl-1-sulfinyl, C3-5 2-alkenyl-1-thio, C3-5 2-alkenyl-1- sulfinyl, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, Z, or acyloxyalkylthio; or (e) disubstituted phenyl wherein said substituents are the same and are selected from halo, C1-3 alkoxy, C1-3 alkylamino, C1-3 dialkylamino, N-pyrrolidino, N-piperidino, 2,2,2-trihaloethoxy, prop-2-ene-1-oxy, hydroxy, C1-3 alkylthio, C1-3 alkyl-sulfonyl, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, or Z, (f) a moiety of one of the Formulae:
or wherein t is 0 or 1;
wherein R1 - R3 and R6 to R9 are as defined above,and Wa is as defined above for W;
with a suitably substituted organometallic reagent to yield a compound of Formula (I) wherein R10 is H; or B. Reacting a the 7-ketone of Formula (A) as defined in Step A. above, with an oxidizing reagent to form the corresponding 7-hydroxy Formula (A) compound which is further reacted by base catalyzed alkylation to yield the a compound of Formula (I) wherein R10 is alkyl or heter(aryl) substituted alkyl; or C. Reacting a the 7-ketone of Formula (A) as defined in Step A. above, with an oxidizing reagent to form the corresponding 7-hydroxy Formula (A) compound which is further reacted by metal catalysis using the Ullman reaction, to yield a compound of Formula (I) wherein R10 is aryl; or D. Reacting a compound of Formula (I) wherein R10 is hydrogen by base catalyzed alkylation to yield a final compound of Formula (I) wherein R10 is alkyl or heter(aryl) substituted alkyl; or E. Reacting the corresponding 7-oxo compound of Formula (A) as described above with a diol having the formula X(OH)2, wherein X is a straight or branchedhydrocarbon chain, by acid catalysis to yield the corresponding Formula (I) compound wherein R4 and R5 together form -O-X-O-; or
R2 R3, R6, R7, R8, and R9 are, independently, -H or C1-2 alkyl;
R4 and R5 are oxo;
one of R1 and R0 is 4-pyridyl or C1-4 alkyl-4-pyridyl; and the other of R1 and R0 is (a) phenyl or monosubstituted phenyl wherein said substituent is C1-4 alkyl, halo, hydroxy, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-3 alkylthio, C1-3 alkylsulfinyl, C1-3 alkylsulfonyl, C2-5 1-alkenyl-1-thio, C2-5 2-alkenyl-1-thio, C2-5 1-alkenyl-l-sulfinyl, C2-5 2-alkenyl-1-sulfinyl, C2-5 1-alkenyl-1-sulfonyl, C3-5 2-alkenyl-1-sulfonyl, C1-3 alkylamino, C1-3 dialkylamino, CF3, N-(C1-3alkanamido), N-(C1-3 alkyl)-N-(C1-3alkanamido), N-pyrrolidino, N-piperidino, prop-2-ene-1-oxy, 2,2,2-trihaloethoxy, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl alkylthioalkylthio, Z, or acyloxyalkylthio;
(b) disubstituted phenyl wherein said substituents are, independently, C1-3 alkylthio, C1-3 alkoxy, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-3 alkylamino, N- (C1-3alkyl)-N-(C1-3alkanamido), C1-3 dialkylamino, amino, N-pyrrolidino or N-piperidino;
(c) disubstituted phenyl wherein one of said substituents is C1-3 alkoxy, halo, C1-4 alkyl or CF3, and the other substituent is thiol, alkylsulfinyl, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, Z, or acyloxyalkylthio; or (d) disubstituted phenyl wherein one of said substituents is amino, C1-3 alkylamino or C1-3 dialkylamino; and the other substituent is C1-3 alkylsulfinyl, C2-5 -1-alkenyl-1-thio, C2-5 1-alkenyl-1-sulfinyl, C3-5 2-alkenyl-1-thio, C3-5 2-alkenyl-1- sulfinyl, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, Z, or acyloxyalkylthio; or (e) disubstituted phenyl wherein said substituents are the same and are selected from halo, C1-3 alkoxy, C1-3 alkylamino, C1-3 dialkylamino, N-pyrrolidino, N-piperidino, 2,2,2-trihaloethoxy, prop-2-ene-1-oxy, hydroxy, C1-3 alkylthio, C1-3 alkyl-sulfonyl, thiol, acylthio, dithioacyl, thiocarbamyl, dithiocarbamyl, alkylcarbonylalkylthio, carbalkoxyalkylthio, alkoxycarbonylthio, alkoxythionothio, phenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, alkoxyalkylthio, alkoxyalkylsulfinyl, alkylthioalkylthio, or Z, (f) a moiety of one of the Formulae:
or wherein t is 0 or 1;
wherein R1 - R3 and R6 to R9 are as defined above,and Wa is as defined above for W;
with a suitably substituted organometallic reagent to yield a compound of Formula (I) wherein R10 is H; or B. Reacting a the 7-ketone of Formula (A) as defined in Step A. above, with an oxidizing reagent to form the corresponding 7-hydroxy Formula (A) compound which is further reacted by base catalyzed alkylation to yield the a compound of Formula (I) wherein R10 is alkyl or heter(aryl) substituted alkyl; or C. Reacting a the 7-ketone of Formula (A) as defined in Step A. above, with an oxidizing reagent to form the corresponding 7-hydroxy Formula (A) compound which is further reacted by metal catalysis using the Ullman reaction, to yield a compound of Formula (I) wherein R10 is aryl; or D. Reacting a compound of Formula (I) wherein R10 is hydrogen by base catalyzed alkylation to yield a final compound of Formula (I) wherein R10 is alkyl or heter(aryl) substituted alkyl; or E. Reacting the corresponding 7-oxo compound of Formula (A) as described above with a diol having the formula X(OH)2, wherein X is a straight or branchedhydrocarbon chain, by acid catalysis to yield the corresponding Formula (I) compound wherein R4 and R5 together form -O-X-O-; or
27. The process according to Claim 26 wherein the organometallic reagent is an organo magnesium, organotitanium or organocesium reagent.
28. The process according to Claim 26, Step E. wherein catalysis if performed using a lewis acid selected from boron trifluoride, mineral acids, p-toluene sulphonic acid, or titanium tetrachloride.
29. The process according to Claim 26, wherein the base cataylzed alkylation process futher comprises an alkali metal hydride in a dipolar aprotic solvent or ethereal solvent and an alkyl halide, alkyl mesylate or tosylate; or an alkali metal alkoxide of a sterically hindered alcohol.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US62681390A | 1990-12-13 | 1990-12-13 | |
US07/626,813 | 1990-12-13 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2098177A1 true CA2098177A1 (en) | 1992-06-13 |
Family
ID=24511972
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002098177A Abandoned CA2098177A1 (en) | 1990-12-13 | 1991-12-12 | Csaids |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP0565582A4 (en) |
JP (1) | JPH06504779A (en) |
KR (1) | KR930703321A (en) |
AU (1) | AU9137591A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2098177A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO1992010190A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (58)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5916891A (en) | 1992-01-13 | 1999-06-29 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Pyrimidinyl imidazoles |
US5593992A (en) * | 1993-07-16 | 1997-01-14 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Compounds |
US5670527A (en) * | 1993-07-16 | 1997-09-23 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Pyridyl imidazole compounds and compositions |
IL110296A (en) * | 1993-07-16 | 1999-12-31 | Smithkline Beecham Corp | Imidazole compounds process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
US5783664A (en) * | 1993-09-17 | 1998-07-21 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Cytokine suppressive anit-inflammatory drug binding proteins |
EP0679396A1 (en) * | 1994-03-02 | 1995-11-02 | Pfizer Inc. | Use of 3-substituted-2-oxidole-1-carboxamides for the manufacture of a medicament in the treatment and prevention of ischemia induced myocardial injury and cytokine mediated myocardial injury |
WO1996004909A1 (en) * | 1994-08-12 | 1996-02-22 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Use of quinone and hydroquinone derivatives for the teatment of cachexia |
US5552422A (en) * | 1995-01-11 | 1996-09-03 | Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. | Aryl substituted 5,5 fused aromatic nitrogen compounds as anti-inflammatory agents |
IL118544A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 2001-08-08 | Smithkline Beecham Corp | Imidazole derivatives, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions comprising them |
US6369068B1 (en) | 1995-06-07 | 2002-04-09 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Amino substituted pyrimidine containing compounds |
US5891460A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1999-04-06 | University Of Southern California University Park Campus | Method for reducing or preventing post-surgical adhesion formation using ketotifen and analogs thereof |
US5739143A (en) * | 1995-06-07 | 1998-04-14 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Imidazole compounds and compositions |
ZA9610687B (en) * | 1995-12-22 | 1997-09-29 | Smithkline Beecham Corp | Novel synthesis. |
AP9700912A0 (en) | 1996-01-11 | 1997-01-31 | Smithkline Beecham Corp | Novel cycloalkyl substituted imidazoles |
US6046208A (en) * | 1996-01-11 | 2000-04-04 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Substituted imidazole compounds |
TR199801361T2 (en) * | 1996-01-11 | 1998-10-21 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | New substituted imidazole compounds. |
ZA97175B (en) * | 1996-01-11 | 1997-11-04 | Smithkline Beecham Corp | Novel substituted imidazole compounds. |
EP0889888A4 (en) * | 1996-03-25 | 2003-01-08 | Smithkline Beecham Corp | Novel treatment for cns injuries |
WO1998007425A1 (en) | 1996-08-21 | 1998-02-26 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Imidazole compounds, compositions and use |
CA2271767A1 (en) | 1996-11-19 | 1998-05-28 | Nathan B. Mantlo | Aryl and heteroaryl substituted fused pyrrole antiinflammatory agents |
US6096753A (en) | 1996-12-05 | 2000-08-01 | Amgen Inc. | Substituted pyrimidinone and pyridone compounds and methods of use |
US6410729B1 (en) | 1996-12-05 | 2002-06-25 | Amgen Inc. | Substituted pyrimidine compounds and methods of use |
US5929076A (en) * | 1997-01-10 | 1999-07-27 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Cycloalkyl substituted imidazoles |
JP2002504909A (en) | 1997-06-13 | 2002-02-12 | スミスクライン・ビーチャム・コーポレイション | New substituted pyrazole and pyrazoline compounds |
US6610695B1 (en) | 1997-06-19 | 2003-08-26 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Aryloxy substituted pyrimidine imidazole compounds |
JP2002509537A (en) | 1997-07-02 | 2002-03-26 | スミスクライン・ビーチャム・コーポレイション | New cycloalkyl-substituted imidazole compounds |
US6562832B1 (en) | 1997-07-02 | 2003-05-13 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Substituted imidazole compounds |
US7301021B2 (en) | 1997-07-02 | 2007-11-27 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Substituted imidazole compounds |
US6489325B1 (en) | 1998-07-01 | 2002-12-03 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Substituted imidazole compounds |
TW517055B (en) | 1997-07-02 | 2003-01-11 | Smithkline Beecham Corp | Novel substituted imidazole compounds |
WO1999017776A1 (en) | 1997-10-08 | 1999-04-15 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Novel cycloalkenyl substituted compounds |
CA2314980A1 (en) | 1997-12-19 | 1999-07-01 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Compounds of heteroaryl substituted imidazole, their pharmaceutical compositions and uses |
NZ333399A (en) | 1997-12-24 | 2000-05-26 | Sankyo Co | Cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitors (COX-2) for the prevention and treatment of tumors, cachexia and tumor-metastasis |
CN1548436A (en) | 1998-05-22 | 2004-11-24 | ʷ��˿�������ȳ�ķ����˾ | Novel 2-alkyl substituted imidazole compounds |
US6858617B2 (en) | 1998-05-26 | 2005-02-22 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Substituted imidazole compounds |
ES2140354B1 (en) | 1998-08-03 | 2000-11-01 | S A L V A T Lab Sa | IMIDAZO (1,2A) AZINAS SUBSTITUTED AS SELECTIVE INHIBITORS OF COX-2. |
EP1112070B1 (en) | 1998-08-20 | 2004-05-12 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Novel substituted triazole compounds |
WO2000025791A1 (en) | 1998-11-04 | 2000-05-11 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Pyridin-4-yl or pyrimidin-4-yl substituted pyrazines |
US6239279B1 (en) | 1998-12-16 | 2001-05-29 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Synthesis for 4-aryl-5-pyrimidine imidazole substituted derivatives |
US6930101B1 (en) | 1999-05-17 | 2005-08-16 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Thiazolopyrimidines useful as TNFα inhibitors |
US6759410B1 (en) | 1999-11-23 | 2004-07-06 | Smithline Beecham Corporation | 3,4-dihydro-(1H)-quinazolin-2-ones and their use as CSBP/p38 kinase inhibitors |
ES2230171T3 (en) | 1999-11-23 | 2005-05-01 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | 3,4-DIHIDRO- (1H) QUINAZOLIN-2-ONA COMPOUNDS AS CSBP / P38 QUINASA INHIBITORS. |
ES2241675T3 (en) | 1999-11-23 | 2005-11-01 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | 3,4-DIHIDRO- (1H) QUINAZOLIN-2-ONA COMPOUNDS AS CSPB / P38 QUINASA INHIBITORS. |
US6982270B1 (en) | 1999-11-23 | 2006-01-03 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | 3,4-dihydro-(1H)quinazolin-2-one compounds as CSBP/p38 kinase inhibitors |
US7235551B2 (en) | 2000-03-02 | 2007-06-26 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | 1,5-disubstituted-3,4-dihydro-1h-pyrimido[4,5-d]pyrimidin-2-one compounds and their use in treating csbp/p38 kinase mediated diseases |
NZ524252A (en) | 2000-07-20 | 2004-03-26 | Lauras As | Cox-2 inhibitors for treating HIV and AIDS |
JP2005500315A (en) | 2001-06-21 | 2005-01-06 | スミスクライン ビーチャム コーポレーション | Imidazo [1,2-a] pyridine derivatives for prevention and treatment of herpes virus infection |
ATE326466T1 (en) | 2001-10-05 | 2006-06-15 | Smithkline Beecham Corp | IMIDAZOPYRIDINE DERIVATIVES FOR USE IN THE TREATMENT OF HERPES VIRUS INFECTION |
US7517870B2 (en) | 2004-12-03 | 2009-04-14 | Fondazione Telethon | Use of compounds that interfere with the hedgehog signaling pathway for the manufacture of a medicament for preventing, inhibiting, and/or reversing ocular diseases related with ocular neovascularization |
US8188083B2 (en) | 2007-06-28 | 2012-05-29 | Abbott Laboratories | Triazolopyridazines |
BR112012010041A2 (en) | 2009-10-30 | 2016-05-24 | Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv | imidazo [1,2-b] pyridazine derivatives and their use as pde10 inhibitors |
AR080754A1 (en) | 2010-03-09 | 2012-05-09 | Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv | IMIDAZO DERIVATIVES (1,2-A) PIRAZINA AND ITS USE AS PDE10 INHIBITORS |
CN106986862A (en) | 2010-12-22 | 2017-07-28 | Abbvie 公司 | Hepatitis c inhibitor and application thereof |
ES2575092T3 (en) | 2011-06-27 | 2016-06-24 | Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. | 1-aryl-4-methyl- [1,2,4] triazolo [4,3-a] quinoxaline derivatives |
RU2657540C2 (en) | 2012-06-26 | 2018-06-14 | Янссен Фармацевтика Нв | Combinations comprising pde 2 inhibitors such as 1-aryl-4-methyl- [1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]quinoxaline compounds and pde 10 inhibitors for use in treatment of neurological or metabolic disorders |
ES2607184T3 (en) | 2012-07-09 | 2017-03-29 | Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. | Phosphodiesterase 10 enzyme inhibitors |
WO2016081423A1 (en) | 2014-11-18 | 2016-05-26 | Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv | Cd47 antibodies, methods, and uses |
CA3016474A1 (en) | 2016-03-15 | 2017-09-21 | Mersana Therapeutics, Inc. | Napi2b-targeted antibody-drug conjugates and methods of use thereof |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4507481A (en) * | 1983-07-29 | 1985-03-26 | Pennwalt Corporation | Pyrrolo[1,2-a]imidazoles and imidazo[1,2-a]pyridines |
US4719218A (en) * | 1985-12-12 | 1988-01-12 | Smithkline Beckman Corporation | Pyrrolo[1,2-a]imidazole and pyrrolo[1,2-a]pyridine derivatives and their use as 5-lipoxygenase pathway inhibitor |
CA2058952A1 (en) * | 1989-06-13 | 1990-12-14 | Nabil Hanna | Monokine activity interference |
-
1991
- 1991-12-12 CA CA002098177A patent/CA2098177A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1991-12-12 JP JP4502874A patent/JPH06504779A/en active Pending
- 1991-12-12 KR KR1019930701809A patent/KR930703321A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1991-12-12 EP EP92902386A patent/EP0565582A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1991-12-12 WO PCT/US1991/009416 patent/WO1992010190A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1991-12-12 AU AU91375/91A patent/AU9137591A/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP0565582A4 (en) | 1995-01-11 |
AU9137591A (en) | 1992-07-08 |
JPH06504779A (en) | 1994-06-02 |
WO1992010190A1 (en) | 1992-06-25 |
KR930703321A (en) | 1993-11-29 |
EP0565582A1 (en) | 1993-10-20 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2098177A1 (en) | Csaids | |
IE914327A1 (en) | Novel csaids | |
EP0624159B1 (en) | Pyridyl substituted imidazoles | |
US5716972A (en) | Pyridyl substituted imidazoles | |
TW202039470A (en) | Thrβ receptor agonist compound and preparation method and use thereof | |
US20090192158A1 (en) | Methods for Treating or Preventing Neoplasias | |
CA2084290A1 (en) | Inhibition of 5-lipoxygenase and cyclooxygenase pathway mediated diseases | |
JPH04504709A (en) | Pyrrolo[1,2-a]imidazole and imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine derivatives and their use as 5-lipoxygenase pathway inhibitors | |
JP2024516997A (en) | SHP2 inhibitor monotherapy and uses thereof | |
JP6680679B2 (en) | 1,2-naphthoquinone derivative and method for producing the same | |
US7759350B2 (en) | Pyrimidine carboxamides | |
CZ219597A3 (en) | Novel compounds | |
US7329682B2 (en) | Method for inhibiting 5-lipoxygenase using a benzoxazole derivative | |
US6008235A (en) | Pyridyl substituted imidazoles | |
JPH07110853B2 (en) | Antiviral and antihypertensive compounds | |
JP2002515891A (en) | New piperidine-containing compounds | |
JP2009527508A (en) | 2- (Phenyl or heterocycle) -1H-phenanthro [9,10-D] imidazole | |
JP4230770B2 (en) | Novel 1,2-diphenylethene derivatives for treating immune diseases | |
WO2002081447A1 (en) | 3-cyclopentyloxy-4-methoxyphenyl-isothiazolinone derivatives and the use thereof | |
US5688822A (en) | Heteroaralkyl and heteroarylthioalkyl thiophenolic compounds as inhibitors of 5-lipoxygenase | |
US6841555B2 (en) | Lavendamycin analogs, quinoline-5,8-diones and methods of using them | |
US4695581A (en) | 2-(3,5-dialkyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)indole derivatives | |
US20090163521A1 (en) | Novel Pyrazolopyrimidinone Derivatives | |
JPS61191670A (en) | Antiinflammatory and antiallergic | |
JPH072737B2 (en) | Inhibition of the 5-lipoxygenase pathway |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FZDE | Dead |